01 Wjeb

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1
1.2
SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.0
IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1
AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.1.1 AIRBAG DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.1.2 ACTIVE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.1.3 STORED CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.2 AUDIO SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.2.1 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS FOR AUDIO SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.2.2 CD CHANGER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.3 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.3.1 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.4 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.5 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.5.1 MIC REQUESTED CHIME MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.5.2 BCM INITIATED CHIME MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.5.3 EVIC CHIME REQUESTED MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.5.4 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.6 THE DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.7 DOOR MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.7.1 POWER WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.7.2 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.7.3 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.7.4 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.7.5 ROLLING CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.7.6 PROGRAMMABLE DOOR LOCK FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.8 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.8.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.8.2 VEHICLE ICON DISPLAYED AJAR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.8.3 PROGRAMMABLE FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.8.4 MEMORY MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.8.5 SETTING THE COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.8.6 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.8.7 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9.2 HEADLAMP DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9.3 HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9.4 FOG LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.10.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.10.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.10.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.11 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (MIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.11.1 INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

3.12 MEMORY SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.12.1 POWER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.12.2 EASY EXIT SEAT (AVAILABLE WITH MEMORY SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.12.3 GUARD BANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.12.4 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.13 POWER SUNROOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.14 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (SKIS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.14.1 SKIS OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.15 COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.16 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.17 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.17.1 FRONT WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.17.2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.18 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.18.1 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.18.2 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.18.3 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.0
DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

4.1
4.2
4.3
DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
5.0
REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
6.0
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

AIRBAG
ACM ACCELEROMETER - ACTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM ACCELEROMETER - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM INTERNAL 1 - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM INTERNAL 1 - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - ACTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - STORED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
NO PCI TRANSMISSION - ACTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
SAFING SENSOR - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
SAFING SENSOR - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
ii

DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN-START - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - ACTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN-START - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
NO PCI TRANSMISSION - STORED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
AM SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
CASS ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
CASSETTE COM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
CASSETTE EJECT FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
CASSETTE LOADING FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
CASSETTE TAPE TENSION HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
CASSETTE TAPE TENSION LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
CD CHANGER PLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
CD CHANGER POWER SUPPLY TOO HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
CD ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
CD PLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
CD READ FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
CD TEMPERATURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
FM SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
FRONT OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
IMPROPER DISK IN CD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
IMPROPER DISK IN CD CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
LEFT OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
RADIO ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
iii

REAR OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
*FADER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
*NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
CHIME
CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION, DRIVER DOOR OPEN. . . . . . . . . .122
*CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . .125
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LAMPS, DRIVER DOOR OPEN . . . . . . .127
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 120 KMH 75 MPH . . . . . .128
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER DOOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
COMMUNICATION
BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE . . . . . .142
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION
CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM MEMORY/HEATED SEAT MODULE . . . . . . . . . . .152
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . .156
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM AND PCM (DIESEL ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
iv

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - GAS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
*UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER DOOR
MODULE WITH DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
DOOR AJAR
* DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
*LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
*LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS
DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . .198
DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) . . . . . . . .208
PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
*DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
*DRIVER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
*DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
*PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
*PASSENGER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
*PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . .231
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
v

PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
*FLASH TO PASS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
*FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
*FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
*PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
*PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
HEATING & A/C
AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
ENGINE RPM FAILURE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
ENGINE RPM FAILURE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
MODE SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
MODE SELECT SW OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
vi

PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
VF DIMMING FAILURE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
VF DIMMING FAILURE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
*A/C SWITCH SIGNAL NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
*BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
ABS LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344
ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
AIRBAG LAMP DRIVER FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
BRAKE LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
BRAKE LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CKT OPEN (DIESEL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
EATX MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
JTEC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
*AIRBAG INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
*ALL GAUGES NOT OPERATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
*BRAKE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
*CHECK ENGINE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
*CHECK GAUGES INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
*CLUSTER ILLUMINATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
*CRUISE ON INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
*FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
*INDICATORS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
*LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ON ALL TIMES (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
*LOW FUEL INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
*OD OFF INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
*OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373
*SEATBELT INDICATOR REMAINS OFF, WITH DRIVERS SEATBELT
UNBUCKLED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
*SEATBELT INDICATOR REMAINS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
*SKIM INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
*SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
vii

*TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
*TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
*TRANS OVER TEMP INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
*VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
*WATER IN FUEL INDICATOR PROBLEMS (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
INTERIOR LIGHTING
DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
*ALL COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
*ASH TRAY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE (EXCEPT FRONT DOORS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DOME LAMP SWITCH ONLY . . . . . . .399
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT DOOR ONLY . . . . .400
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR ONLY . . . . . . . . . .402
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY . . .406
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY . .407
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR ONLY . . . . . . . . .409
*COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES (EXCEPT BOTH FRONT DOOR
COURTESY LAMPS IF EQUIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
*DRIVER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
*GLOVE BOX LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
*HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414
*HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416
*I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
*LIFTGATE COURTESY LAMP DISABLE FEATURE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
*OVERHEAD, REAR AND LIFTGATE LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
*PASSENGER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
*PRNDL/T-CASE ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
*RADIO ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
*READING & VANITY LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
*DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
*DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
*DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
*DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . .454
viii

BUS MESSAGES MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
*EVIC MILEAGE AND DISTANCE FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461
*EVIC SELF TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
*INCORRECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE READING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
*LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ON ALL THE TIME - GAS ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
*LOW WASHER INDICATOR ON ALL THE TIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK/UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAIL TO LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAILS TO UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
*ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471
*ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
*AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473
*DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
*LEFT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
*LIFTGATE LOCK FAILS TO LOCK/UNLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
*PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
*RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
*RKE INOPERATIVE - JAPAN ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
*RKE TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
*RKE TRANSMITTER POOR RANGE - JAPAN ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
POWER MIRROR
*BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
*DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
*FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
*PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495
POWER TOP
ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
*SUNROOF DELAY INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
*SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
POWER WINDOWS
*ALL POWER WINDOWS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . .507
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
*DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES . . . . . . . .515
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . .519
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
ix

VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
HORN RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
*DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527
*HAZARD LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529
*HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED) . . . . . . . . . .530
*HORN FAILS TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED). . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
*THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM HOOD (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . .537
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552
WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556
8.0
COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

8.1
8.2
8.3
AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
8.3.1 AZC MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
8.3.2 HVAC UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
8.3.3 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565
8.3.4 DRBIIIT SCREEN, AZC MODULE BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROLLER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565
8.4 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565
8.5 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566
8.6 BODY CONTROL MODULE & JUNCTION BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566
8.7 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
8.8 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
8.8.1 FRONT DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
8.8.2 REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568
8.8.3 LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568
8.9 SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS - TYPICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569
8.10 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) & SKIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569
8.11 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570
9.0
CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573

AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - YELLOW 23 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
x

ANTENNA MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
ASH RECEIVER LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574
AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR - BLACK 7 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LIGHT SENSOR/VTSS LED - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . .574
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C1 (AZC) - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .574
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C2 (AZC) - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .575
BLOWER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER (AZC) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575
BODY CONTROL MODULE - C1 GRAY 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576
BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 - WHITE 22 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576
C202 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577
C202 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577
C202 (MTC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577
C202 (MTC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578
C203 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578
C203 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578
CARGO LAMP - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578
CLOCKSPRING-C1 - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
CLOCKSPRING-C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
CLOCKSPRING-C3 - GRAY 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
COMPACT DISC CHANGER (PREMIUM RADIO) - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE - BLACK 25 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR - LT. GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581
DIAGNOSTIC JUNCTION PORT - WHITE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581
DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . .582
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C3 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
DRIVER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
DRIVER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584
DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - WHITE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584
DRIVER LUMBAR MOTOR (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584
DRIVER LUMBAR SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - WHITE 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .585
DRIVER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III)
- 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III)
- BLACK 3 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III)
- 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III)
- BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - GREEN 10 WAY . . . . . . .587
xi

DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588
DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE- C1 (DIESEL) - GRAY 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - C2 (DIESEL) - GRAY 28 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - ECM (DIESEL) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . .590
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - PCM (DIESEL) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . .591
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . .591
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
FRONT WASHER PUMP - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
FRONT WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592
FUEL PUMP MODULE (GAS) - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592
FUEL TANK MODULE (DIESEL) - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592
GLOVE BOX LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592
HOOD AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
IGNITION SWITCH C1 - WHITE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
IGNITION SWITCH C2 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
COMBINATION FLASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
FUSES (JB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
HIGH BEAM RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
LOW BEAM RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
LOW BEAM/DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599
JUNCTION BLOCK C1 - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (LHD) - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (RHD) BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
JUNCTION BLOCK C3 - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603
JUNCTION BLOCK C4 - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
JUNCTION BLOCK C5 - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
LEFT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
LEFT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
LEFT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605
LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605
LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
- BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605
LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
- WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
- WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607
LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH - WHITE 11 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607
LEFT REAR DOOR POWER LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . .607
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607
xii

LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
LEFT VISOR/VANITY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
LICENSE LAMP NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
LICENSE LAMP NO. 2 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RELEASE SOLENOID - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609
LIFTGATE POWER LOCK MOTOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C1 (MTC) - WHITE 11 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C2 (MTC) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
MODE DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
OVERHEAD MAP/COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
PASSENGER AIRBAG - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . .611
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . .611
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
PASSENGER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
PASSENGER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
PASSENGER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
POWER AMPLIFIER-C1 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 18 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
POWER AMPLIFIER-C2 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
FUSES (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616
HORN RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617
FUSES (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
FUEL HEATER RELAY (DIESEL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C1 (DIESEL) - BLACK 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . .620
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C1 (GAS) - BLACK 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C2 (DIESEL) - WHITE 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . .622
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C2 (GAS) - WHITE 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C3 (DIESEL) - GRAY 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . .624
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C3 (GAS) - GRAY 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625
RADIO-C1 - GRAY 7 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625
RADIO-C2 - BLACK 7 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
RADIO-C3 - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
RADIO-C4 (PREMIUM) - BLACK 8 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
REAR WASHER PUMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
REAR WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .627
RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
REMOTE KEYLESS MODULE (JAPAN) - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
RIGHT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
RIGHT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628
RIGHT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628
xiii

RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628
RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628
RIGHT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
- BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629
RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
- WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . .629
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630
RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630
RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH - WHITE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
RIGHT REAR DOOR POWER LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . .631
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632
RIGHT VISOR/VANITY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632
SEAT BELT SWITCH - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632
SEAT MODULE-C1 (PREMIUM) - BLACK 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632
SEAT MODULE-C2 (PREMIUM) - ORANGE 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE - 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
SUNROOF MOTOR-C1 - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
SUNROOF MOTOR-C2 - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634
SUNROOF SWITCH - 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4.7L) - BLACK 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635
UNITED KINGDOM SECURITY MODULE (RHD) - BLACK 12 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .636
VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636
10.0
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637

10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638
10.2.1
REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .639
10.3 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640
10.4 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .641
10.5 CHIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642
10.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643
10.7 EVIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
10.8 EXTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645
10.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646
10.10 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .648
10.11 MEMORY HEATED SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649
10.12 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650
10.13 POWER MIRROR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650
10.13.1 DRIVER MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650
10.13.2 PASSENGER MIRROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651
10.14 POWER SUNROOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651
10.15 POWER WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652
10.15.1 DRIVER SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652
10.15.2 PASSENGER SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652
10.16 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (SKIS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .653
xiv

10.17 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654
10.18 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655
10.19 WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656
10.19.1 FRONT WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656
10.19.2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657
xv
NOTES
xvi
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0
1.2
INTRODUCTION
The procedures contained in this manual include

all the specifications, instructions and graphics
needed to diagnose 2001 body system problems. The
diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure
condition or symptom being present at the time of
diagnosis.
Please follow the recommendations below when
choosing your diagnostic path.
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating
with the appropriate modules; i.e., if the
DRBIIIt displays a No Response or a Bus 6
Signals Open condition, you must diagnose that
first.
2. Read DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes) with the
DRBIIIt.
Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic

steps:
verification of complaint
verification of any related symptoms

symptom analysis
problem isolation
repair of isolated problem

verification of proper operation
2.0
IDENTIFICATION OF
SYSTEM
The vehicle systems that are part of the body

system are:
3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer

complaint.
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identified, locate the matching test in the Table of
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom.
All component location views are in Section 8.0. All
connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All schematics
are in Section 10.0.
An * placed before the symptom description indicates a customer complaint.
When repairs are required, refer to the appropriate service information for the proper removal and
repair procedure.
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New
diagnostic systems may be added: carryover systems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE. It is recommended that you review the entire manual to become familiar with all the new and changed diagnostic procedures.
This book reflects many suggested changes from
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you
have any comments or suggestions, please fill out
the sheet in the back of this book and mail it back to
us.
1.1
SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
Airbag
Audio
Chime
Communication
DRBIIIt Problems
Electrically heated system
Exterior lighting
Heating and A/C

Instrument Cluster
Interior Lighting
Memory Seat
Overhead Console
Power Door Lock/RKE

Power Mirrors
Power sunroof
Power windows
Vehicle theft security system (VTSS)
Windshield Wiper and Washer
3.0
SYSTEM COVERAGE
This diagnostic procedures manual covers all

2001 JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE body related
faults. This diagnostic procedures manual also covers both left hand drive (LHD) and right hand drive
(RHD) vehicles. There may be some slight differences in the location views of components. If the
location views shown are on a LHD vehicle, a RHD
vehicle will be symmetrically opposite.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND

FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The body system on the 2001 WG consists of a

combination of modules that communicate over the
PCI bus (Programmable Communication Interface
multiplex system). Through the PCI bus, information about the operation of vehicle components and
circuits is relayed quickly to the appropriate module(s). All modules receive all the information transmitted on the bus even though a module may not
require all information to perform its function. It
will only respond to messages addressed to it
through a binary coding process. This method of
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
(GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO MINUTES
FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO
DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE
TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE
PERSONAL INJURY.
NEVER STRIKE OR KICK THE AIRBAG
CONTROL MODULE, AS IT CAN DAMAGE
THE IMPACT SENSOR OR AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY DROPPED DURING
SERVICE,
THE
MODULE
MUST
BE
SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH A NEW
UNIT.
The airbag warning lamp is the only point at
which the customer can observe symptoms of
system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is
turned to the run or start position, the MIC
performs a lamp check by turning the airbag warning lamp on for 6-8 seconds. If the lamp turns off, it
means that the ACM has checked the system and
found it to be free of discernible malfunctions. If the
lamp remains on, there could be an active fault in
the system or the MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to ground. If the lamp comes on and
stays on for a period longer than 6-8 seconds then
goes off, there is usually an intermittent problem in
the system.
Perform the WARNING LAMP OPEN procedure
in this book to find the cause of any customer
complaint regarding the AIRBAG warning lamp,
such as:
warning lamp does not illuminate
warning lamp stays illuminated with no active
DTCs
The ACM cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if
damaged or faulty, it must be replaced.
data transmission significantly reduces the complexity of the wiring in the vehicle and the size of
wiring harnesses. All of the information about the
functioning of all the systems is organized, controlled, and communicated by the PCI bus, which is
described in the Communication Section of this
general information.
3.1
AIRBAG SYSTEM
The Airbag Control Module (ACM) is bolted to a

bracket on the floor panel transmission tunnel
rearward from the gear shift selector inside the
vehicle. The ACM mounting bracket is welded to
the tunnel and is not serviced with the ACM. The
ACM contains a microprocessor, the impact sensor,
and energy storage capacitor. The mircoprocessor
contains the airbag system logic. The ACM system
logic includes On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) capability, and communicates with the instrument cluster
circuitry via the PCI data bus to control the airbag
indicator lamp.
The microprocessor in the ACM monitors the
impact sensor signal and the airbag system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. If
the ACM detects a monitored system fault, it sends
messages to the instrument cluster on the PCI data
bus to turn on the airbag indicator lamp. A preprogrammed decision algorithm in the ACM microprocessor determines when the deceleration rate as
signaled by the sensor indicates an impact that is
severe enough to require airbag system protection.
When the programmed conditions are met, the
ACM sends an electrical signal to deploy the airbag
system components.
The impact sensor is an accelerometer that
senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which provides verification of the direction and severity of an
impact. The impact sensor is calibrated for the
specific vehicle, and is only serviced as a unit with
the ACM. A mechanical sensor called the safing
sensor is also integral to the ACM.
The ACM also contains an energy-storage capacitor. This capacitor stores enough electrical energy
to deploy the airbags, for one second following a
battery disconnect or failure during an impact. The
purpose of the capacitor is to provide airbag system
protection in a severe secondary impact if the initial
impact has damaged or disconnected the battery,
but was not severe enough to deploy the airbags.
THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A SENSITIVE,
COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANICAL UNIT.
BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO DIAGNOSE OR
SERVICE ANY AIRBAG SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL, STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST DISCONNECT AND
ISOLATE
THE
BATTERY
NEGATIVE
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE (DAB)

The airbag protective trim cover is the most
visible part of the driver side airbag system. The
module is mounted directly to the steering wheel.
Located under the trim cover are the horn switch,
the airbag cushion, and the airbag cushion supporting components. The airbag module includes a
housing to which the cushion and inflator are
attached and sealed. The airbag module cannot be
repaired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any
way damaged. The inflator assembly is mounted to
the back of the airbag module. The inflator seals the
hole in the airbag cushion so it can discharge the
gas it produces directly into the cushion when
supplied with the proper electrical signal. The protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the airbag
module and forms a decorative cover in the center of
GENERAL INFORMATION
Upon airbag deployment, the airbag door will split
at the breakout lines and the door will pivot out of
the way.
THE AIRBAG MODULE INFLATOR ASSEMBLY CONTAINS SODIUM AZIDE AND POTASSIUM NITRATE. THESE MATERIALS ARE
POISONOUS AND EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. CONTACT WITH ACID, WATER, OR
HEAVY METALS MAY PRODUCE HARMFUL
AND IRRITATING GASES (SODIUM HYDROXIDE IS FORMED IN THE PRESENCE
OF MOISTURE) OR COMBUSTIBLE COMPOUNDS. IN ADDITION, THE PASSENGER
AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS
PRESSURIZED TO OVER 2500 PSI. DO NOT
ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. DO
NOT PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR BRING
INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. DO
NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93C (200F).
REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN
THE CHRYSLER MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE FASTENERS,
SCREWS, AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED
FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG
SYSTEM. THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES. ANY
TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTENERS
PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR
SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR
PARTS CATALOG.
the steering wheel. Upon airbag deployment, this

cover will split at a predetermined breakout line.
THE AIRBAG MODULE INFLATOR ASSEMBLY CONTAINS SODIUM AZIDE AND POTASSIUM NITRATE. THESE MATERIALS ARE
POISONOUS AND EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. CONTACT WITH ACID, WATER, OR
HEAVY METALS MAY PRODUCE HARMFUL
AND IRRITATING GASES (SODIUM HYDROXIDE IS FORMED IN THE PRESENCE
OF MOISTURE) OR COMBUSTIBLE COMPOUNDS. IN ADDITION, THE AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED
TO OVER 2500 PSI. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR
TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. DO NOT
PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. DO NOT
STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING
93C (200F).
CLOCKSPRING
The clockspring is mounted on the steering column behind the steering wheel. This assembly
consists of a plastic housing which contains a flat,
ribbon-like, electrically conductive tape that winds
and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation. The
clockspring is used to maintain a continuous electrical circuit between the instrument panel wire
harness and the driver side airbag module, the horn
switch, and the vehicle speed control switches on
vehicles that are so equipped. The clockspring must
be properly centered when it is installed on the
steering column following any service removal, or it
will be damaged. The clockspring cannot be repaired it must be replaced.
PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE (PAB)

The airbag door in the instrument panel top cover
above the glove box is the most visible part of the
passenger side airbag system. Located under the
airbag door is the airbag cushion and its supporting
components. The airbag module includes a housing
to which the cushion and inflator are attached and
sealed. The airbag module cannot be repaired, and
must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged. The inflator assembly is mounted to the back
of the airbag module. The inflator includes a small
canister of highly compressed argon gas. The inflator seals the hole in the airbag cushion so it can
discharge the compressed gas it contains directly
into the cushion when supplied with the proper
electrical signal. The airbag door has a living hinge
at the top, which is secured to the instrument panel
top cover. The door also has predetermined breakout lines concealed beneath its decorative cover.
3.1.1
AIRBAG DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE

CODES
Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active

and stored codes. If more than one code exists,
diagnostic priority should be given to the active
codes.
Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
following a specific testing procedure. The diagnostic test procedures contain step-by step instructions
for determining the cause of the trouble codes. It is
not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book
to diagnose an individual code.
Always begin by reading the diagnostic trouble
codes using the DRBIIIt. Refer to the Table of
Contents and select the specific DTC to be diagnosed. This will direct you to the specific test(s) that
must be performed.
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
If no obvious problems are found, erase stored
codes, and with the ignition on wiggle the wire
harness and connectors, rotate the steering wheel
from stop to stop. Recheck for codes periodically as
you work through the system. This procedure may
uncover a malfunction that is difficult to locate.
Active diagnostic trouble codes for the airbag

system are not permanent and will change the
moment the reason for the code is corrected. In
certain test procedures within this manual, diagnostic trouble codes are used as a diagnostic tool.
3.1.2
ACTIVE CODES
3.2
The code becomes active as soon as the malfunction is detected or key-off, whichever occurs first.
An active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunction. This means that the defect is currently
there every time the airbag control module checks
that circuit/function. It is impossible to erase an
active code; active codes automatically erase by
themselves when the reason for the code has been
corrected.
With the exception of the warning lamp trouble
codes or malfunctions, when a malfunction is detected, the airbag lamp remains lit for a minimum
of 12 seconds or as long as the malfunction is
present.
3.1.3
AUDIO SYSTEMS
There are 6 radio systems available in the 2001

Grand Cherokee.
The sales codes for the radios are:
RBA, RBJ, RBL, RAD, RBY and RBTAM/FM
cassette, 3 band E.Q., external amplifier, with PCI
diagnostics. RBL-AM/FM cassette, 3 band E.Q.,
PCI diagnostics with an external amplifier.
All radios are available with an optional CD
changer.
The RBA, RBJ, RBL, RAD, RBY and RBT are
capable of displaying faults and allowing certain
actuation tests through the use of the DRBIIIt.
When attempting to perform PCI diagnostics, the
first step is to identify the radio in use in the
vehicle. Use the above list to help determine the
audio system being serviced.
STORED CODES
Airbag codes are automatically stored in the

ACMs memory as soon as the malfunction is detected.
A stored code indicates there was an active code
present at some time. However, the code currently
may not be present as an active code, although
another active code could be.
When a trouble code occurs, the airbag warning
lamp illuminates for 12 seconds minimum (even if
the problem existed for less than 12 seconds). The
code is stored, along with the time in minutes it was
active, and the number of times the ignition has
been cycled since the problem was last detected.
The minimum time shown for any code will be
one minute, even if the code was actually present
for less than one minute, Thus, the time shown for
a code that was present for two minutes 13 seconds,
for example, would be three minutes.
If a malfunction is detected a diagnostic trouble
code is stored and will remain stored as long as the
malfunction exists. When and if the malfunction
ceases to exist, an ignition cycle count will be
initiated for that code. If the ignition cycle count
reaches 100 without a reoccurrence of the same
malfunction, the diagnostic trouble code is erased
and that ignition cycle counter is reset to zero. If the
malfunction reoccurs before the count reaches 100,
then the ignition cycle counter will be reset and the
diagnostic trouble code will continue to be a stored
code.
If a malfunction is not active while performing a
diagnostic test procedure, the active code diagnostic
test will not locate the source of the problem. In this
case, the stored code can indicate an area to inspect.
3.2.1
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS FOR

AUDIO SYSTEMS
When troubleshooting output shorts or output

error messages, the following applies:
On radios without an external amplifier, the term
output refers to the path between the radio and the
speaker. This type of circuit can be monitored all
the way through the speaker connections by the
radio assembly. When the radio displays a shorted
output DTC with this type of system, the speaker,
radio, or wiring could be at fault. The output DTC
could refer to a front or rear output or a left or right
output. The reason for the difference is the pairing
of the output sections of the radio. Some are paired
left and right, others are paired front and rear.
On radios with an external amplifier, the term
output refers to the circuit between the radio
connector and the amplifier. The radio is capable of
monitoring only this portion and can tell nothing
about the circuit between the amplifier and the
speakers. Consequently, a shorted output DTC on
this type of system would only refer to this circuit.
A faulty speaker could not cause this DTC.
These radios can be controlled via remote radio
switches (optional). These switches are located on
the back side of the steering wheel. They control
volume, preset bank selection, seek and scan functions.
These functions are inputs to the body controller
and can be read with the DRBIIIt under body
systems, sensor displays. The switches are a multi4
GENERAL INFORMATION
comfort requirements. Pulse-width modulation of
blower power allows the blower to operate at any
speed from stationary to full speed.
The AZC module uses infrared sensing technology to control occupant comfort levels, not the
actual passenger compartment air temperature.
Dual infrared sensors mounted in the face of the
control unit independently measure the surface
temperature to maintain customer-perceived comfort temperature under changing conditions. Dual
zone temperature control provides wide side-to-side
variation in comfort temperature to exceed the
needs of either front seat occupant. This sensing
system replaces interior air temperature and solar
sensors used to approximate direct sensing control
through complex control programs.
The infrared temperature sensor cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, the
module must be replaced.
plexed signal to the BCM. The remote radio control

circuit is a five volt line that is pulled to ground
through different value resistors built into the
switches. This causes a voltage drop to be seen by
the body controller and it sends a specific message
to the radio on the PCI bus line. The radio then
responds to the message.
This circuit is fairly simple to troubleshoot. The
circuit must be complete from the switches in the
steering wheel to the BCM. The ground must be
complete so that the switches can cause the voltage
drop for the BCM to see. The circuit passes through
the clockspring so continuity through this device
must be verified.
3.2.2
CD CHANGER DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLE CODES
The CD changer has diagnostic trouble codes

(DTCs) that are separate from the radio or in dash
CD player. These codes are found using the DRBIIIt
and accessing DTCs under audio systems. They are all
due to improper use or internal failure of the CD
changer. If any of these codes exist, check the changer
for obvious problems such as wrong type of CD, upside
down CD, scratched or dirty CD, foreign objects inserted into changer etc... Correct the problem. Clear
DTCs. Then check to see if the DTC(s) return. If they
do, replace the changer.
NOTE: THE INFRARED SENSOR WINDOW

MAY BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED IF ANY
TYPE OF COSMETIC VINYL DRESSINGS ARE
ALLOWED TO CONTACT THE LENS. AVOID
SPRAYING OR WIPING THIS AREA WITH ANY
CLEANER OR CONDITIONER. THIS MAY
RESULT IN IMPAIRED TEMPERATURE
SENSING AND CONTROL.
3.3
3.3.1
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC)
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The AZC system communicates over the PCI bus

(Programmable Communication Interface multiplex
system) and allows diagnostics with the DRBIIIt.
Through the PCI bus, the AZC head receives
engine temperature and engine RPM, to allow for
cold engine blower lock-out and wide open throttle
A/C cut-out. It also receives vehicle speed (for
determination of the amount of air flowing through
the condenser), a pulse width dimming signal for
the VF display. U.S./Metric status, and the ambient
air temperature. The ambient air temperature in
previous years was hard wired to the ATC head.
Now bus communication allows the Body Control
Module to send the ambient temperature information to the AZC head and the overhead console.
The AZC head is responsible for maintaining the
interior temperature of the vehicle based on the
customers input on the faceplate and the I/R sensor
input. The faceplate contains two large rotary
knobs that control fan speed and mode selection. It
also contains two smaller rotary knobs for the
temperature control of each zone. One of the three
buttons place the system in recirculation mode, the
button across from that, turns the A/C on or off. The
third button on the bottom, turns the Rear Defogger
on and off. All three of these buttons contain a LED
indicator showing an on or off state.
The AZC (Automatic Zone Control) system will be

the auto industrys first sport utility vehicle to offer
automatic dual-zone temperature control with infrared sensing technology for superior occupant
comfort. With AZC, occupants select a comfort temperature, not the actual passenger compartment air
temperature. The temperature in the passenger
compartment at any time may be slightly higher or
lower than the selected value. For instance, on
sunny summer days the air flow will probably be
cooler than the comfort temperature; on cold or
cloudy days and at night it will probably be slightly
warmer.
A simplified control system for operation of mode,
recirculation, and temperature control doors provides positive positioning without the complexity of
feedback from position sensors. Knowing the number of operating motor revolutions required to provide full travel, and the number of motor commutator pulses per revolution, the control system runs
the motor for the number of commutator pulses
corresponding to the desired door position. To maintain accuracy, the system recalibrates itself periodically at known zero or full travel conditions.
The AZC blower control provides continuously
variable control of air flow rate to meet occupant
5
GENERAL INFORMATION
you work through the system. This procedure may
uncover a malfunction that is difficult to locate.
The figure in the VF display on the control head

is represented as a stickman, and the arrow
indicates the direction of the airflow inside the
vehicle. The A/C button allows the compressor to be
switched on or off, except in defrost and automode.
The Recirc button allows air to be drawn from the
inside of the vehicle only, except in defrost. On high
temperature/humidity days, recirc mode should
provide better cooling than normal mode because
the inside air is recirculated within the vehicle.
This system also allows increased flexibility because it can be operated in a manual mode. In
manual mode the customer may select the airflow,
fan speed, and whether the compressor will operate.
The system can also be put into manual fan control
by moving the fan control knob from automatic to
one of the manual blower speed selections. Manual
mode offers 10 different blower speeds, the automatic mode has an infinite number available.
The AZC system in 2001 is fully addressable with
the DRBIIIt and it still retains the on-board diagnostics from the past years. For more thorough
explanation of the on-board diagnostics, please refer to the Service Information. All of the inputs to
the AZC head can be read with the DRBIIIt and
some outputs can be actuated. Diagnosis of the AZC
system should begin with the reading active codes
on the DRBIIIt. If no active codes are displayed,
read the stored codes next.
If any of the motor actuators are replaced or the
A/C, heater housing is replaced, the system should
be recalibrated. This happens automatically at battery disconnect or it can be accomplished using the
DRBIIIt. Without recalibration, the AZC head will
not be sure of the actuators position and may result
in poor air control.
3.4
BODY CONTROL MODULE
The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle

occupants with visual and audible information and
controls various vehicle functions. To provide and
receive information, the module is interfaced to the
vehicles serial bus communication network (Programmable Communication Interface or PCI bus).
This network consists of the powertrain control
module (PCM), the memory/heated seat module
(MHSM, MSM or HSM), the sentry key immobilizer
module (SKIM), the transmission control module
(TCM), the electro/mechanical instrument cluster
(MIC), the driver door module (DDM), the passenger door module (PDM), the airbag control module
(ACM), the antilock brake module (ABS), the optional electronic vehicle information center (EVIC),
the optional PCI radio, the optional CD changer and
the optional automatic zone control module (AZC).
The BCM is operational when battery power is
supplied to the module, ignition switch power is
needed for ignition switched functions.
The BCM provides the following new features:
Full control of all exterior and interior lamps,
including these features:
> A Battery Saver automatically turns off all
exterior and interior lamps within 8 minutes
after the ignition is turned off, if they are not
turned off by the driver. This includes the
front and rear reading/courtesy lamps and the
cargo area dome lamp, even if they are turned
on manually.
ACTIVE CODES
An active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunction. The defect is present every time the AZC
head checks the circuit or function. It is not possible
to erase an active code. Active codes will change to
stored once the reason for the code has been corrected.
STORED CODES
A stored code indicates that there was an active

code present at some time. The reason for the active
code was corrected and the code was changed to the
stored code.
If the reason for the code was corrected, the AZC
head will erase the code after 72 keys cycles. The
code may also be erased from the head using the
DRBIIIt.
If no obvious problems are found, read active
codes on the DRBIIIt while wiggling the harness
and connectors. Recheck for codes periodically as
> Theater-style interior lighting dims gradually

when the doors are closed.
> Interior courtesy lamp operation may be defeated using the dimmer control ring on the
left multifunction switch.
> Instrument panel light intensity may be maximized for daytime visibility with the head
lamps or parking lights by using the dimmer
control ring on the left multifunction switch.
A refined Accessary/Sunroof Delay allows operation of the sunroof as well as the power windows.
In addition, the time has been extended from 30
to 45 seconds after the ignition is switched off for
added convenience. As in the past, the delay
terminates (window and/or sunroof ceases) if a
door is opened, which helps protect occupants
from possible injury.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Beep tones for warnings and programming actions associated with the Sentry Key Immobilizer
system and the EVIC.
The BCM also provides the following features:
Intermittent wipe and low speed wiper control
Instrument panel dimming

Vehicle theft security system with horn and hazard lamp activation
Key-in ignition switch interface
Brake fluid level switch/park brake switch interface
3.5.1
Seatbelt reminder
Speed sensitive intermittent wipe control
Remote radio switch interface to radio
Vehicle ignition status
BCM self diagnostics
Liftgate courtesy lamp disable
Rear window defogger control
Exterior lamp load shed

Support of EVIC programmable features
MIC REQUESTED CHIME MESSAGES
Airbag
Check Gauges:
Low Fuel
ABS
Low Battery Voltage
Water in Fuel (Diesel)
Low Coolant level (Diesel)
3.5.2
The BCM receives information over the PCI bus

from the PCM in order to support certain features.
The required information is as follows:
Engine RPM
CHIME SYSTEM
The chime system in the WG utilizes four modules. The Body Control Module (BCM), the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC), and Mechanical Instrument Cluster (MIC), and the SKIM
module. The 2001 WG also has the PCM included
and has the ability to request a chime. The chime is
located in the BCM module. Each module monitors
circuits and systems, then sends a request for a
chime to the BCM. The BCM is constantly monitoring the PCI bus for a chime request message. If a
MIC, EVIC, or SKIM monitored system requires a
chime to sound, the request for the chime will come
from the MIC, EVIC, or SKIM but the BCM will
actually sound the chime.
The chime will sound for the following conditions:
Headlamp time delay upon ignition off and headlamps switch off
Parade mode
Illuminated entry
3.5
Exterior lighting control including automatic

headlamps, fog lamp control, rear fog lamp control and parking lamps
Exterior lamp status
Heated seat switch status
Engine Model
Fuel tank level

Vehicle identification number
The BCM provides the PCM with information on
the A/C switch status.
The 2001 WG has several programmable features
which can be enabled/disabled by using the EVIC or
the DRBIIIt.
Chime
Courtesy lamps with fade to off feature
Reading lights/glove box lamp load shedding control
Rear door and liftgate ajar status

Acquisition & transmission of external temperature
A/C select switch status
Vehicle speed
Wiper system status

Ignition on/off timer
VF displays synchronization
Accessory delay control (windows and sunroof)

Fuel economy and distance to empty (DTE) calculations
Charging Voltage Low

Coolant Temp High
Low Oil Pressure
Charging Voltage High
BCM INITIATED CHIME MESSAGES
Headlamp ON with ignition OFF and driver door

open
Key in ignition with ignition OFF and driver door
open
Seat Belt Warning
Overspeed Warning (Gulf Coast Countries Only)
3.5.3
EVIC CHIME REQUESTED

MESSAGES
When the following messages are displayed the

EVIC will send a chime request to the BCM. The
BCM will respond with a series of chimes.
Engine and battery temperature

Injector on time and distance pulses
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
Turn signal on for more than 1.0 mile
Service reminder
Coolant level low

Washer fluid low
Door or liftgate ajar (when critical speed is
reached)**
**CRITICAL SPEED CHART
DOOR AJAR
TURN CHIME
ON
TURN CHIME
OFF
LEFT REAR
3.0 MPH (5 kmh)
1.0 MPH (2 kmh)
RIGHT REAR
3.0 MPH (5 kmh)
1.0 MPH (2 kmh)
LIFTGATE
3.0 MPH (5 kmh)
1.0 MPH (2 kmh)
PASSENGER
3.0 MPH (5 kmh)
1.0 MPH (2 kmh)
DRIVER
10.0 MPH (16 kmh)
7.0 MPH (11 kmh)
3.5.4
3.7
A multiplexed door module is located on each

front door, driver door (DDM) and passenger door
(PDM). They control the following features: power
door locks, automatic (rolling) door locks, driver
window express down, memory recall functions
(memory seats and mirrors), remote keyless entry,
power mirrors (including folding), heated mirrors,
door key cylinder disarm (driver door only), door
lock inhibit. Reduced wiring complexity is a key
feature of using multiplexed door modules. These
modules are addressable with the DRBIIIt from the
Body menu to facilitate faster and easier diagnosis.
3.7.1
POWER WINDOWS
The power windows can be raised or lowered from

the drivers door module (DDM) or the individual
door switch. The DDM has a lock out switch that
prevents the windows from being operated from any
switch except the drivers door. When the switch is
pressed, it also shuts off the individual door switch
LEDs.
A feature of this system allows the windows to be
operated from any window switch for 45 seconds
after the ignition is turned off, provided a front door
is not opened. Another feature is the Express
Down driver door only. When the driver presses the
down switch to the second detent, the window will
travel all the way down even if the switch is
released. To stop the window travel, simply press
the switch momentarily in either direction.
Twelve volts are provided on the rear window
motor circuit on both the up and down circuits. The
appropriate door module supplies this voltage.
When the rear switch is pressed, the supply circuit
to one side of the switch is opened and ground is
provided making a complete circuit and therefore
operating the window motor.
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) also

uses tactile beep support from the chime warning
system. The Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
(SKIM) is programmed to send chime request messages over the Programmable Communications Interface (PCI) data bus to the Body Control Module
(BCM) to provide audible confirmation that:
the SKIM has been successfully placed in the
Customer Learn mode.
A new Sentry key transponder has been successfully programmed by the SKIM.
See the owners manual in the vehicle glove box for
more information on the features, use and operation of the SKIS. Refer to Sentry Key Immobilizer System in the Description and Operation
section of the service information - Vehicle Theft
Alarm systems for more information on the SKIS.
For diagnostic information, refer to the Powertrain
Diagnostic Information.
3.6
DOOR MODULES
THE DOOR AJAR SYSTEM
3.7.2
The door ajar, liftgate ajar, and the liftgate flip-up

ajar states are used as inputs for various control
modules on the vehicle. The DRBIIIt will display
the state of the door ajar, liftgate agar, and liftgate
flip-up ajar switches in Inputs/Outputs. Its important to note, that when a door, liftgate, or liftgate
flip-up is closed, the switch state on the DRBIIIt
will show OPEN, and when the door, liftgate, or
liftgate flip-up is open, the switch state will show
CLOSED. During diagnosis, if a door, liftgate, or
liftgate flip-up is closed and DRBIIIt displays the
switch state as CLOSED, it indicates a shorted ajar
circuit. If the door, liftgate, or liftgate flip-up is open
and the DRBIIIt displays the switch state as
OPEN, it indicates an open ajar circuit.
POWER DOOR LOCKS
The power door locks are operated three different

ways:
1. Front door lock switches
2. Auto (rolling) door lock feature (vehicle speed
above 15 MPH (24 kmh) and all doors closed).
3. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
3.7.3
DOOR LOCK INHIBIT
When the key is in the ignition and in the off

position, and either front door is opened, the lock
switch on that door is disabled. The unlock switch is
still functional. This protects against locking the
vehicle with the keys still in the ignition. For
example, if the drivers door is opened and the
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
passenger front door closed, the locks are operational from the passenger door switch.
3.7.4
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY
When the lock button on the transmitter is

pressed, all locks will lock, illuminated entry will be
turned off, (providing all doors are closed) and the
vehicle theft security system (if equipped) will be
armed. When the unlock button on the transmitter
is pressed one time, the driver front door will
unlock, the illuminated entry will turn on the
courtesy lamps, the vehicle theft security system (if
equipped) will be disarmed. When the button is
pressed a second time, the other doors will unlock.
This feature is programmable to open all doors on
one press using the EVIC or the DRBIIIt.
The passenger door module (PDM) contains the
RKE receiver. When the PDM receives a valid
signal from the RKE transmitter, it will send a
signal on the PCI bus to lock or unlock the doors.
The RKE transmitter used radio frequency signals
to communicate with the RKE receiver. If vehicle is
equipped with the memory system, the memory
message will be received as to which transmitter
sent the signal (1 or 2).
3.7.5
3.8
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION

CENTER (EVIC)
A new overhead console (EVIC), which is standard on Limited and optional on Laredo, combines
features of the former mini trip computer and
Vehicle Information Center into an Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC). The Vehicle Information Center includes a unique interface that
allows customers to program operation of several
electronic features to suit their individual preferences. On Limited, EVIC also includes the
HomeLinkt universal remote transceiver.
A blue-green vacuum-fluorescent 80 x 16 dotmatrix screen displays the information. The screen
also displays a vehicle icon that is used for door and
liftgate ajar indications and to show if a turn signal
has been left on. Overhead console messages and
displays are coordinated with warning indicators in
the instrument cluster to avoid duplication. The
console also houses courtesy/reading lamps.
ROLLING CODE
3.8.1
The rolling code feature changes part of the

transmitter message each time that it is used. The
transmitter message and the receiver message increment together. Under certain conditions with a
rolling code system (pressing a button on the RKE
transmitter over 255 times outside the receiver
range, battery replacment, etc.,), the receiver and
transmitter can fall out of synchronization. Note:
That the lock function works from the RKE keyfob
even in out of synchronization condition and therefore it could be verified by pressing the LOCK
button on the RKE keyfob. To re-synchronize, depress and release the UNLOCK button on the RKE
keyfob repeatedly (it may take up to eight cycles)
while listening carefully for the power door locks in
the vehicle to cycle, indicating that resynchronization has occurred.
3.7.6
RKE linked to memory (if equipped with memory

system) enabled/disabled (DRBIIIt only). Allows
memory to be operable only from the driver door
switch.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
The Vehicle Information Center provides the following functions:

Compass direction
Current outside temperature
Elapsed time
Miles/Kilometers to empty
Average fuel economy
Instantaneous fuel economy
Trip odometer
Miles/Kilometers to service
Warning messages:
TURN SIGNALS ON (with vehicle icon)
PERFORM SERVICE
DOOR AJAR (one or more, with vehicle icon)

LIFTGATE AJAR (with vehicle icon)
COOLANT LEVEL LOW (with graphic, gas
vehicles only)
WASHER FLUID LOW (with graphic)
HOOD AJAR
The appearance of warning messages is accompanied by a series of beeps.
All of the information required by the EVIC is
transmitted over the PCI bus from the BCM or
PCM.
PROGRAMMABLE DOOR LOCK

FEATURES
The RKE can be changed to unlock all doors with

one press
The Automatic Door Locks can be enabled/
disabled
Program a new RKE transmitter (DRBIIIt only)
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.8.2
VEHICLE ICON DISPLAYED AJAR

MESSAGES
REMOTE LINKED TO MEMORY?

When chosen, the Jeep Memory System will
select memorized seat, mirror and radio settings when an RKE (remote keyless entry)
transmitter unlock button is pressed. If not
chosen, selection of memorized settings may
still be done using the memory buttons. Grand
Cherokee is the first Chrysler vehicle to offer
selection of memory features using the RKE
transmitter.
FLASH LAMP ON LOCK/UNLOCK?
If enabled, front and rear turn signal lamps
will flash once when the doors are locked, and
four times when the doors are unlocked using
the RKE transmitter. This feature may be
selected with or without SOUND HORN ON
LOCK?
HEAD LAMP DELAY
The driver may choose to have the head lamps
remain on, when leaving the vehicle, for 30
seconds, 60 seconds, 90 seconds or not at all.
SERVICE INTERVAL
This feature selects an interval from 2000 to
7500 miles (3200 to 12,000 kilometers) in 500
mile (800 kilometer) increments between PERFORM SERVICE alert messages. When service has been performed, the counter is reset
by pressing and holding the RESET button for
3 seconds as before.
RESET SERVICE DISTANCE?
If SERVICE INTERVAL is changed, this message asks if the accumulated service distance
should be reset to 0 because the service was
performed.
The BCM monitors all door switches and broadcasts a PCI bus status message to the EVIC. If a
door is opened or closed the EVIC responds by
changing the appropriate icon and message. The
door icons and messages will not update if the EVIC
cannot detect the bus message. If the car is moving
at critical speed and any door, liftgate, are open, the
appropriate message and icon will be displayed. A
beep request will be generated when critical speed
is reached for the first time. All the door icons
consist of two segments.
3.8.3
PROGRAMMABLE FEATURES
For each programmable feature, pressing the

MENU button selects the menu of programmable
features, which always begins with Language.
Pressing the STEP button cycles the available
choices. Continued pressing of the MENU button
accepts the new choice and selects successive features for possible programming/reprogramming.
Pressing the C/T (compass-temperature display selector) button returns the display to the normal
(compass-temperature display) mode. When the sequence is complete, the display also returns to the
normal mode. Features that are dependent on vehicle equipment; such as REMOTE LINKED TO
MEMORY, EASY EXIT, only appear if applicable.
Customer Programmable Features:
LANGUAGE?
The driver may select English, Francaise,
Deutsch, Italiana, Espanol. The word Language is always in English regardless of which
language is selected. All other display nomenclature, including the compass-temperature
and trip computer functions, appears in the
selected language.
DISPLAY US OR METRIC?
Toggles the trip computer temperature, fuel
economy, and odometer display readings between the two sets of units. It also changes the
odometer display in the instrument cluster.
AUTO DOOR LOCKS?
When this feature is selected, all doors and the
liftgate lock automatically when vehicle speed
reaches 15 mph (25 km/h). Previously this
feature could be programmed only by a dealer.
REMOTE UNLOCK?
The driver may choose to have all doors and
the liftgate unlock at the first press of the
unlock button, or unlock only the drivers door
on the first press and require a second press to
unlock all doors and the liftgate.
LOW FUEL CHIME?

If enabled, a single chime will sound as an
added reminder when the instrument cluster
low fuel icon illuminates. The chime will sound
once per ignition cycle.
EASY EXIT SEAT?
If enabled, the drivers seat moves rearward
two inches (55 mm) (or to the farthest rearward position, if this is less) when the key is
removed from the ignition switch to facilitate
driver exit from the vehicle. If the REMOTE
LINKED TO MEMORY feature is enabled, the
seat will return to the memorized position
when the RKE unlock button is pressed.
3.8.4
MEMORY MESSAGES
MEMORY #X POSITION SET (X - 1 or 2)

This message appears when the Memory System is programmed.
MEMORY SYSTEM DISABLED
This message appears when the driver presses
a memory button or the RKE unlock button
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
with the seat belt fastened, and/or the vehicle
moving to notify the driver why memory action
did not occur.
3.8.5
3.
SETTING THE COMPASS
COMPASS CALIBRATION
4.
CAUTION: DO NOT PLACE ANY EXTERNAL

MAGNETS, SUCH AS MAGNETIC ROOF
MOUNT ANTENNAS, IN THE VICINITY OF
THE COMPASS. DO NOT USE MAGNETIC
TOOLS WHEN SERVICING THE OVERHEAD
CONSOLE.
5.
The electronic compass unit features a selfcalibrating design, which simplifies the calibration
procedure. This feature automatically updates the
compass calibration while the vehicle is being
driven. This allows the compass unit to compensate
for small changes in the residual magnetism that
the vehicle may acquire during normal use. If the
compass readings appear to be erratic or out of
calibration, perform the following calibration procedure. Also, new service replacement Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) modules must
have their compass calibrated using this procedure.
Do not attempt to calibrate the compass near large
metal objects such as other vehicles, large buildings, or bridges; or, near overhead or underground
power lines.
6.
7.
ing displayed, momentarily depress and release

the C/T push button to reach the compass/
thermometer display.
Depress the Reset push button and hold the
button down until VARIANCE = XX appears in
the display. This takes about five seconds.
Release the Reset push button. VARIANCE =
XX will remain in the display. XX equals the
current variance code setting.
Momentarily depress and release the Step push
button to step through the zone numbers, until
the zone number for your geographic location
appears in the display.
Momentarily depress and release the Reset push
button to enter the displayed zone number into
the EVIC module memory.
Confirm that the correct directions are now
indicated by the compass.
NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH ANY MAGNETIC

DEVICE SUCH AS A MAGNETIC CB
ANTENNA TO THE VEHICLE. THIS CAN
CAUSE THE COMPASS TO GIVE FALSE
READINGS.
NOTE: WHENEVER THE COMPASS IS

CALIBRATED MANUALLY, THE VARIANCE
NUMBER MUST ALSO BE RESET. FOR
COMPASS
CALIBRATION
SEE
THE
APPROPRIATE SECTION OF THE SERVICE
INFORMATION.
HomeLinkt Universal Transmitter

The HomeLink Universal Transmitter is integrated with the standard overhead console on Limited. For added security it will operate home security systems that use coded signals known
generically as rolling codes to increase security. The
overhead console display provides visual feedback
to the driver, showing which HomeLink transmitter
button is pressed. As on prior models, HomeLink
can learn and store three separate transmitter
radio frequency codes to operate garage door openers, security gates, and security lighting. Buttons
are marked with one, two or three raised dots for
identification by touch.
If the module displays the temperature while the

compass is blank, or displays a false reading, the
vehicle must be demagnitized. See the service information for the proper procedure.
If the compass still goes blank after the vehicle is
demagnitized, the EVIC must be replaced.
COMPASS VARIATION ADJUSTMENT
Compass variance, also known as magnetic declination, is the difference in angle between magnetic north and true geographic north. In some
geographic locations, the difference between magnetic and geographic north is great enough to cause
the compass to give false readings. If this problem
occurs, the compass variance setting may need to be
changed.
To set the compass variance:
1. Using the Variance Settings map, find your
geographic location and note the zone number.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the On position. If the
compass/thermometer data is not currently be-
3.8.6
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST
The self-diagnostic test is used to determine that

the internal circuitry and compass are operating
properly, and all PCI bus messages are being re-
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
to provide a 30, 60 or 90 second time delay before
turning off the headlamps. This feature can also be
disabled.
ceived for initial operation. The button backlighting

is also verified by flashing the bulbs for proper
operation.
Initiate the self-diagnostic test as follows:
1. With the ignition switch in the OFF position,
simultaneously press and hold the C/T button
and the RESET button.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Continue to hold both buttons until the software
versions are displayed.
4. The display will show the result of the selfdiagnostics test. If the display reads:
a. PASS SELF TEST - press the RESET button
to return to the compass/temperature display.
The EVIC is working properly.
b. FAILED SELF TEST - an internal failure
has occurred. Replace EVIC.
c. FAILED J1850 COMMUNICATION - refer
to the communication section.
3.8.7
3.9.3
The headlight switch on WG vehicles use a multiplexed (MUX) circuit to the BCM. The BCM will
then control the park lamp, low/high head lamp and
fog lamp (front and rear) relays based on this input.
3.9.4
3.9.1
3.10
3.10.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
INTERIOR LIGHTING
COURTESY LAMP CONTROL
The body controller has direct control over all of

the vehicles courtesy lamps. The body computer
will illuminate the courtesy lamps under any of the
following conditions:
1. Any door is ajar and courtesy lamp switch on the
left multifunction switch is not in the dome off
position.
2. The courtesy lamp switch on the left multifunction switch is in the dome on position.
3. A Remote Keyless entry unlock message is received.
4. Driver door unlocked with key (with VTSS only).
3.10.2
ILLUMINATED ENTRY
Illuminated entry will be initiated when the customer enters the vehicle by unlocking the doors
with the key fob, or with the key if the vehicle is
equipped with vehicle theft alarm. Upon exiting the
vehicle, if the lock button is pressed with a door
open, illuminated entry will cancel when the door
closes. If the doors are closed and the ignition
switch is turned on, the illuminated entry also
cancels. The illuminated entry feature will not
operate if the courtesy lamp switch is in the dome
off position.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM

EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY
SAVER
The BCM monitors the status of and controls the

park lamp, head lamp and fog lamp (front and rear)
relays. If any exterior lamps are left on after the
ignition is turned off, the BCM will turn them off
after 8 minutes. In most countries, the park lamp
mode will keep the lights on.
3.9.2
FOG LAMP CONTROL
The body control module controls the operation of

the fog lamp relay which controls the fog lamps. The
fog lamps can only be on if the park or low beam
headlamps are on. If the high beams are turned on,
the fog lamps will automatically be turned off.
The thermometer function is supported by the

ambient temperature sensor, a wiring circuit, the
Body Control Module (BCM), the Programmable
Communications Interface (PCI) data bus, and a
portion of the Electronic Vehicle Information Center
(EVIC) module. If any portion of the ambient temperature sensor circuit fails, the EVIC module will
self-diagnose the circuit. A Short Circuit message
will appear in the display in place of the temperature, when the sensor is exposed to temperatures
above 55 C (131 F), or if the sensor circuit is
shorted. An Open Circuit message will appear in
the display in the place of the temperature, when
the sensor is exposed to tempertures below -40 C
(-40 F), or if the sensor circuit is open.
3.9
HEADLAMP SWITCH
3.10.3
HEADLAMP DELAY
INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY

SAVER
If any of the interior lamps are left on after the

ignition is turned off, the BCM will turn them off
after 8 minutes. To return to normal operation, the
courtesy lamps will operate after the dome lamp
switch or door ajar switch changes state. The glove
The headlamp time delay operates when the

ignition switch is turned off while the headlamps
are still on. This feature is customer programmable
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
box, switched reading lamps and vanity lamps
require that the ignition be turned to the on/acc
position.
Front Fog Indicator
Seatbelt
3.11
High Beam Indicator

Low Coolant Level
The Instrument Cluster controls the operation of
the Seatbelt (for the first 6 to 8 seconds) and the
Check Gauges lamp. The Anti-Lock Brake Control
module controls the operation of the ABS lamp and
Brake lamp over the PCI Bus. The Airbag Control
Module controls the operation of the Airbag lamp
over the PCI Bus. The SKIM controls the operation
of the SKIM lamp over the PCI Bus.
If any of the lamps mentioned above do not
illuminate during a bulb check or with the DRBIIIt
when performing a self test, inspect the bulb for
an open. If the bulb is not open, and the system
associated with the lamp operates properly, replace
the instrument cluster case assembly.
If any of the lamps mentioned above (except the
low coolant level on diesels) stays on after the
engine is started, check the system associated with
the lamp for diagnostic trouble codes. If no codes are
present, and the system associated with the lamp
operates properly, replace the instrument cluster
case assembly.
MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER (MIC)
The Mechanical Instrument Cluster (MIC) is divided into 4 sections. Primary gauges, (speedometer
and tachometer) secondary gauges, (fuel level, oil
pressure, coolant temperature and charging voltage), PCI bus indicator lights and hardwired indicator lights. The gauge mechanisms are all the
same, the only difference is the face plate or the
physical size of the gauge. The brake warning
indicator, left and right turn signal indicators are
hard wired and are not part of any actuator or self
test. A Master Illumination indicator has been
added for the 2001 MY. This illuminates any time
the park lamps are on. This indicator is not a part of
the self test and does not have a bulb check which is
the same for the front fog lamps and high beam
indicator. The PCM sends the signals necessary for
the cluster to position the gauges. The MIC receives
messages directly from the bus and translates them
into gauge positions, indicator levels and dimming
levels. These messages are received when the ignition is in the run or start position. The MIL
indicator is sent to the MIC from the PCM over the
PCI bus. The vacuum fluorescent (VF) odometer/
trip and cruise display works with the key in the
run or start positions. The BCM sends dimming
level message to the MIC at key on.
When the ignition is turned on a bulb-check is
performed. This consists of activating most of the
PCI bus controlled indicator lamps for approximately 2 to 4 seconds.
By holding the trip/reset button in while turning the key to the run position you can actuate the
MIC self test. If the speedometer or tachometer
pointer is on the wrong side of the pointer stop,
performing the MIC self test will put them in the
proper position.
The following lamps are controlled by the PCM
(JTEC) over the PCI Bus:
Low Fuel
3.11.1
INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMING
I/P dimming is accomplished using the body computer. The panel dimming level switch is read by
the body computer which converts the level to a
value that is sent over the PCI bus. Other modules
such as the Radio, MIC, and the EVIC use this data
so their display intensity matches the other incandescent bulbs in the vehicle that are driven directly
by the BCM.
3.12
MEMORY SEATS
The memory system consists of the driver power

seat, both outside rear view mirrors and the radio
presets. The memory module for the seat is
mounted under the drivers seat. The module is
available with or without the heated seat feature.
The seat module receives input from the 8-way
power seat switch, the drivers seat position sensors, both front seat negative temperature coefficients (NTCs) (if heated seat equipped) and the PCI
bus circuit. The memory switch, located on the
driver door, is wired directly to the driver door
module and sends its messages over the PCI bus.
The memory seat module performs the following
functions: position the drivers seat, actuate the
drivers and passengers seat heaters (if equipped)
and sends the memory location over the PCI bus.
When a memory button is pressed (#1 or #2) on
the memory switch, the driver door module sends a
recall message to the memory seat module (MSM),
Check Engine
Trans Over Temp (EATX controlled when
equipped)
O/D Off (EATX controlled when equipped)
Glow Plug (Diesel)
Water In Fuel (Diesel)
Cruise
The following lamps are controlled by the BCM
over the PCI Bus:
Rear Fog Indicator
13
GENERAL INFORMATION
the DRBIIIt it will also inform as to what state it is
in. To reinstate the feature, simply repeat the
process.
the PCI radio and the passenger door module. They

will in turn position the driver seat, both mirrors
and set the radio presets. When the RKE button is
pressed, depending on which transmitter (#1 or #2),
the passenger door module sends the recall message.
3.12.1
3.12.3
The module provides guard bands which prevent

the seat track from hitting the hard limits of the
given seat axis during manual power seat operation. The guard band values for each hard limit are
stored in EEPROM. The guard band can be bypassed by running the seat to the end of its travel
and then releasing the switch and pressing it again.
The seat will move a short distance further. Once
the seat is past the guard band, it can be stored in
memory, but if recall is initiated the seat will move
to the guard bands and no further.
When a seat module or seat track assembly is
replaced, the DRBIIIt must be used to perform the
Reset Guard Bands procedure. WARNING: The
operator must be out of the seat when this procedure is being used as the seat will move to the end
of its travel in all 8 positions.
POWER SEAT
The memory power seat provides the driver with

2 position settings for the drivers seat. Each power
seat motor is connected to the MSM with two
circuits. Each circuit is switched between battery
and ground. By alternating the circuits the MSM
controls the movement of the motors based on input
from the seat mounted switch.
Each motor contains a potentiometer to monitor
the seat position. To monitor the position of the
motor, the MSM sends out a 5-volt reference on the
sensor supply circuit. The sensor is grounded back
to the module on a common ground circuit. Based on
the position of the sensor, the MSM monitors the
voltage change through the sensor on a separate
signal circuit.
The MSM stores the input value of each of the
four seat potentiometers in memory when the system is requested. The driver can initiate memory
recall, using either the memory switch or the RKE
transmitter. When initiated, the MSM adjusts the
four seat motors to match the memorized seat
position data.
For safety reasons, the memory seat recall is
disabled by the MSM when the vehicle is out of park
position or if the seatbelt is buckled. Any obstruction to seat movement over a 2 second delay will
cause the seat to stop moving in which case a stalled
motor would be detected by the MSM which would
then flag a trouble code and the corresponding seat
output would be deactivated. However, if the object
obstructing the seat is removed, the seat will function normally again.
3.12.2
GUARD BANDS
3.12.4
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SEATS
The heated seat feature is available with or

without the memory system. The module is located
under the drivers seat and is known as the heated
seat module (HSM) or the memory heated seat
module (MHSM). The control switches for the
heated seats are located on the instrument panel
and are wired to the body control module. The BCM
then sends the message to the HSM via the PCI
bus. The system offers two seat temperature settings of approximately 96.8 F (36 C) (LO) and
approximately 107.6 F (41 C) (HI).
As the temperature in the seat rises, the negative
temperature coefficient (NTC) resistance decreases
and the voltage reading detected by the HSM decreases. The seat heater output is deactivated once
the voltage reading reaches its threshold for either
setting, high or low.
As the temperature decreases, the voltage reading increases until the upper threshold is reached
for either setting high or low. At this point the seat
heat output is activated once again and this cycle
repeats itself as long as the seat heat request is on.
The thresholds for low and high settings are preprogrammed into the module memory.
The heated seat switch contain resistors pulled
up to 5 volts which are processed by the body
control module as the voltage readings indicating
desired heat setting high or low.
EASY EXIT SEAT (AVAILABLE WITH

MEMORY SEAT)
The intent of this feature is to allow for easier

entry and exit to the vehicle by moving the seat
rearward a short distance when the operator turns
the vehicle off. The seat can be recalled to one of its
two set memory positions by pressing either of the
memory recall buttons on the switch or the RKE
transmitters. If any seat movement is initiated,
whether manual or by memory recall, after the
ignition has been turned off, this will cancel any
ensuing glide to enter movement until the next
ignition cycle.
This feature can be enabled/disabled by the
owner through the electronic vehicle information
center (EVIC) or using the DRBIIIt. When using
3.13
POWER SUNROOF
The power sunroof in the 2001 Grand Cherokee is

now controlled by the Body Control Module (BCM).
14
GENERAL INFORMATION
The VIN and seed are plugged into a rolling code
algorithm that encrypts the valid/invalid key message. The PCM uses the rolling code algorithm to
receive, decode and respond to the valid/invalid key
message sent by SKIM. After sending the valid/
invalid key message the SKIM waits 3.5 seconds for
a PCM status message from the PCM. If the PCM
does not respond with a valid key message to the
SKIM, a fault is detected and a trouble code stored.
The SKIS incorporates a warning lamp located in
the instrument cluster. The lamp is actuated when
the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message to the instrument cluster requesting the lamp on. The SKIM
will request lamp operation for the following:
- bulb check at ignition on
- to alert the vehicle operator to a SKIS malfunction
For all faults except transponder faults and VIN
mismatch, the lamp remains on steady. In the event
of a transponder fault the light flashes at the rate of
1 Hz (once per second). If a fault is present the lamp
will remain on or flashing for the complete ignition
cycle. If a fault is stored in SKIM memory which
prevents the system from operating properly, the
PCM will allow the engine to start and run (for 2
seconds) up to six times. After the sixth attempt, the
PCM disables the starter relay until the fault is
corrected.
For additional information on the SKIS, refer to
the appropriate Powertrain Diagnostic Information.
After the ignition has been turned off, the power

sunroof will remain operational for an additional 45
seconds. If the front doors are opened during this
time, the BCM will remove power from the sunroof.
3.14
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(SKIS)
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) is an

immobilizer system designed to prevent unauthorized vehicle operation. The system consists of a
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM), ignition
key(s) equipped with a transponder chip and engine
controller. When the ignition switch is turned on,
the SKIM interrogates the ignition key. If the ignition key is Valid the SKIM sends a PCI Bus
message to the engine controller indicating the
presence of a valid ignition key. Upon receiving a
Valid key signal the PCM will allow the engine to
continue to operate.
3.14.1
SKIS OPERATION
When ignition power is supplied to the SKIM, the

SKIM performs an internal self-test. After the selftest is completed, the SKIM energizes the antenna
(this activates the transponder chip) and sends a
challenge to the transponder chip. The transponder
chip responds to the challenge by generating an
encrypted response message using the following:
Secret Key This is an electronically stored value
(identification number) that is unique to each SKIS.
The secret key is stored in the SKIM, PCM and all
ignition key transponders.
Challenge This is a random number that is
generated by the SKIM at each ignition key cycle.
The secret key and challenge are plugged into an
algorithm that produces the encrypted response
message. The transponder uses the crypto algorithm to receive, decode and respond to the message
sent by SKIM. After responding to the coded message, the transponder sends a transponder I.D.
message to the SKIM. The SKIM compares the
transponder I.D. to the available valid key codes in
SKIM memory (8 key maximum). After validating
the key the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message called
a Seed Request to the PCM then waits for a
controller response. If the PCM does not respond,
the SKIM will send the seed request again. After
three failed attempts the SKIM will stop sending
the seed request and store a trouble code. If the
PCM sends a seed response, the SKIM sends a
valid/invalid key message to the PCM. This is an
encrypted message that is generated using the
following:
VIN Vehicle Indentification Number
Seed This is a random number that is generated
by the PCM at each ignition key cycle.
3.15
COMMUNICATION
The Programmable Communication Interface or

PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capable of supporting binary encoded messages shared
between multiple modules. The PCI bus circuit is
identified as D25 and is yellow with a violet tracer.
Additional tracer colors may be added to the violet
in order to distinguish between different module
connections. The modules are wired in parallel.
Connections are made in the harness using splices.
One splice called the Diagnostic Junction Port,
serves as the Hub of the bus. The Diagnostic
Junction Port provides an access point to isolate
most of the modules on the bus in order to assist in
diagnosing the circuit. The following modules are
used on the WG:
Body Control Module
Door Modules (Driver & Passenger)
Airbag Control Module
Controller Antilock Brake
Powertrain Control Module
15
Radio
CD Changer
GENERAL INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Automatic Zone Control Module
NAL OPEN or NO RESPONSE to indicate a

communication problem. These same messages will
be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that
particular module. The CCD error message is a
default message used by the DRBIIIt and in no way
indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational.
The message is only an indication that a module is
either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped.
Refer to the application table for a list of standard
and optional modules and their respective Diagnostic Junction Port pin assignments.
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module

Memory and/or Heated Seats Module
Electronic Vehicle Information Center
Mechanical Instrument Cluster
Each module provides its own bias and termination in order to transmit and receive messages. The
bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are
transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a
half volts when modules are transmitting.
The bus messages are transmitted at a rate
averaging 10800 bits per second. Since there is only
voltage present when the modules transmit and the
message length is only about 500 milliseconds, it is
ineffective to try and measure the bus activity with
a conventional voltmeter. The preferred method is
to use DRBIIIt lab scope. The 12v square wave
selection on the 20-volt scale provides a good view of
the bus activity. Voltage on the bus should pulse
between zero and about seven and a half volts.
Refer to the figure for some typical displays.
The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into
two categories. Complete PCI Bus Communication
Failure and individual module no response. Causes
of complete PCI Bus Communication Failure include a short to ground or battery on the PCI
circuit. Individual module no response can be
caused by an open circuit at either the Diagnostic
Junction Port or the module, or an open battery or
ground circuit to the affected module.
Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communication
Failure would include but are not limited to:
All gauges on the MIC stay at zero
All telltales on MIC illuminate
MIC backlighting at full intensity

Dashed lines in the EVIC ambient temperature
display
No response received from any module on the PCI
bus
No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobilizer)

Symptoms of Individual module failure could
include any one or more of the above. The difference
would be that at least one or more modules would
respond to the DRBIIIt.
Diagnosis starts with symptom identification. If a
complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is suspected, begin by identifying which modules the
vehicle is equipped with and then attempt to get a
response from the modules with the DRBIIIt. If any
modules are responding, the failure is not related to
the total bus, but can be caused by one or more
modules PCI circuit or power supply and ground
circuits. The DRBIIIt may display BUS +/- SIG16
GENERAL INFORMATION
Diagnostic Junction
Port Pin #
Module
Standard/Optional
Termination resistance
Powertrain Control Module
Standard
3300 ohms
Transmission Control
Module (4.7L)
Optional
10800 ohms
Passenger Door Module
Standard
10800 ohms
CD Changer
Optional
10800 ohms
Sentry Key
Immobilizer Module
Optional
10800 ohms
Driver Door Module
Standard
10800 ohms
Controller Antilock Brake
Standard
10800 ohms
Memory Heated Seat Module
Optional
10800 ohms
Electronic Vehicle
Information Center
Optional
10800 ohms
Automatic Zone
Control Module
Optional
10800 ohms
Radio
Optional
10800 ohms
Airbag Control Module
Standard
10800 ohms
Mechanical Instrument
Cluster
Standard
2400 ohms
OPEN
N/A
Body Control Module
Standard
Data Link Connector
N/A
10
OPEN
N/A
3.16
VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM
10800 ohms
Tamper Alert - The VTSS tamper alert will sound

the horn three times upon disarming to indicate a
tamper condition has occurred.
Manual Override - The system will not arm if the
doors are locked using the manual lock control or if
the locks are actuated by an inside occupant after
the doors are closed.
To verify the system, proceed as follows:
The vehicle theft security system (VTSS) is part

of the body control module, which monitors vehicle
doors, hood, liftgate, liftglass and the ignition for
unauthorized operation. The alarm activates by
sounding the horn, flashing the headlamps, hazard
lamps, and the VTSS indicator lamp (depending on
which features are enabled). The VTSS does not
prevent engine operation, this is done with the
sentry key immobilizer module. Passive arming
occurs upon normal vehicle exit by removing the
ignition key, opening the driver door, locking the
doors with the power lock, and closing the driver
door or locking the doors with RKE. The indicator
lamp on the dash will flash for 15 seconds, showing
that arming is in progress. If no monitored systems
are activated during this period, the system will
arm and the indicator will flash at a slower rate.
When something triggers the alarm, the system
will signal the headlamps, park lamps, and horn
for about 18 minutes (depending on which features
are enabled).
For complaints about the Theft Alarm going off
on its own, use the DRBIIIt and select Theft
Alarm, VTSS then Monitor Display and read
the Alarm Tripped By status.
1. Open the drivers door.

2. Remove the ignition key (but keep it in hand).
3. Lock the doors with the power lock switch or the
RKE.
4. Close the drivers door.
NOTE: AFTER THE DOORS ARE CLOSED,

LOCKING THE DOORS WITH RKE WILL
ALSO ARM THE SYSTEM.
NOTE: IF THE VTSS INDICATOR LAMP
FLASHED, THE SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL
AND VERIFIED. IF NOT, THERE MAY BE A
PROBLEM WITH THE SYSTEM.
Arming/Disarming - Active arming occurs when
the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock
the vehicle doors, whether the doors are open or
closed. If one or more doors are open, the arming
sequence is completed only after all doors are
closed.
17
GENERAL INFORMATION
is a momentary input to the BCM which causes the
wipers to operate at low speed as long as the mist
input is present.
The BCM also monitors the front washer motor
to perform wipe after wash. The BCM will perform
3 wipes after the wash input is released.
Since the front wiper system is an important
safety feature, the BCM will support wiper operation in the event of a failed park input.
If BCM does not detect a change of state on the
park input for 8 seconds with the wiper relay
energized a Diagnostic Trouble Code will set in the
BCM.
Once a failed park switch is detected, intermittent operation is disabled and the BCM will default
to the low speed wiper state when the wiper switch
is in the intermittent position. The wiper relay will
be de-energized when the wiper mode switch is in
the OFF position. For open and short states on the
wiper mode switch, the wipers should default to
OFF.
Passive disarming occurs upon normal vehicle

entry (unlocking drivers door with the key). This
disarming also will halt the alarm once it has been
activated.
Active disarming occurs when the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle
doors. This disarming also will halt the alarm once
it has been activated.
System Self-Tests - NOTE: System self-tests can
be entered only with the DRBIIIt.
NOTE: A POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

FROM A VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH A
VEHICLE
THEFT
SECURITY
SYSTEM
CANNOT BE USED IN A VEHICLE THAT IS
NOT EQUIPPED WITH A VEHICLE THEFT
SECURITY
SYSTEM.
IF
THE
VTSS
INDICATOR LAMP COMES ON AFTER
IGNITION ON AND STAYS ON, THE PCI BUS
COMMUNICATION WITH THE POWERTRAIN
CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLY HAS BEEN
LOST.
3.17
3.17.1
SYSTEM FEATURES
Speed Sensitive Intermittent Wipe Mode
There are 5 individual delay times with a minimum delay of 1/2 second to a maximum of 18
seconds. When the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH
(16 kmh), the delay time is doubled providing a
range of 1 second to 36 seconds.
Mist Wipe
The wiper operates as long as the wiper switch is in
the mist position.
Park after Ignition Off
Because the wiper relays are powered from the
battery the BCM can run the wipers to park after
the ignition is turned off.
Wipe after Wash
When the driver presses the wash button and then
releases it, the wiper will continue to run for 3
additional wipe cycles.
The wiper system utilizes the BCM to control the
on/off relay for low wiper functions, intermittent
wiper delay as the switch position changes, pulse
wipe, wipe after wash mode, and wiper motor park
functions. The BCM uses the vehicle speed input to
double the usual delay time below 10 MPH (16
kmh).

FRONT WIPER
System Description
The front wiper system consists of the following
features: lo-hi-speed, mist wipers, intermittent wipers, and wipe after wash. The front wiper system is
only active when the ignition is in the run/acc
position.
The BCM controls the front wiper system with
one low-going output to a relay. With this output
the BCM determines the motor wipe rate. This rate
is a function of the intermittent wiper switch
position and vehicle speed. The BCM times the
delay after the wipers have parked. If the driver
goes from a longer to a shorter delay interval, a
wipe is done immediately. The speed sensitive
delay is set based on the current speed of the
vehicle. If the vehicle crosses above the speed
threshold of 10 mph (16 kmh) while the intermittent wiper delay is occurring, a smaller delay can
be used. If the vehicle crosses below the speed
threshold a longer delay should not be used until
the current delay is completed.
In the lo-hi and mist state, the BCM constantly
outputs an active control signal for a delay of zero.
The multifunction switch controls the wiper high/
low relay wiper motor in the hi state. This is done
with an additional output from the multifunction
switch to a relay which selects the motor winding
to be energized. The BCM does not distinguish
between lo-hi-or mist positions. The mist position
FRONT/REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCHES

(RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH STALK)
The front windshield and rear liftglass wiper/
washer switches are located on the wiper multifunction switch stalk which is secured to the right
side of the multi-function switch mounting housing
on the steering column.
A knob on the end of the wiper multifunction
switch stalk is rotated to select the desired front
wiper speed (HIGH or LOW) or one of the five
18
GENERAL INFORMATION
intermittent front wiper positions. The wiper stalk
is pulled toward the driver to activate the windshield washer system. Both the front wiper and
front washer motors will operate continuously for
as long as the stalk is held in the momentary
FRONT WASH position.
Another rotary switch on the wiper multifunction switch stalk is rotated to select the desired
rear wiper speed (ON or DELAY). The wiper stalk
is pushed toward the instrument panel to activate
the rear liftglass washer system. Both the rear
wiper and rear washer motors will operate continuously for as long as the stalk is held in the
momentary REAR WASH position.
If any part of the right multi-function switch
stalk is faulty or damaged, the entire wiper multifunction switch assembly must be replaced.
3.17.2
The third control circuit is the AJAR circuit. This

circuit is fed by the flip-up glass ajar switch. When
the flip-up glass is closed the ajar switch is open
and the rear wiper module functions normally.
When the flip-up glass is open the ajar switch
closes and the circuit provides ground to the module. This ground signal indicates to the rear wiper
module that it should park if operating or not allow
operation if parked.
3.18
Refer to the DRBIIIt users guide for instructions and assistance with reading trouble codes,
erasing trouble codes and other DRBIIIt functions.
3.18.1
REAR WIPER SYSTEM
ver: 2.14
date: 26 Jul93
file: key_itf.cc
date: Jul 26 1993
line: 548
err: 0x1
User-Requested COLD Boot
Press MORE to switch between this display
and the application screen.
Press F4 when done noting information.
3.18.2
CONTINUOUS CIRCUIT
AJAR
CIRCUIT
WIPER
MODE
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
PARKED
OPEN
OPEN
GROUND
PARKED
IGNITION
OPEN
OPEN
DELAY
IGNITION
OPEN
GROUND
PARKED
OPEN
IGNITION
OPEN
ON
OPEN
IGNITION
GROUND
PARKED
IGNITON
IGNITION
OPEN
WASH
IGNITION
IGNITION
GROUND
PARKED
DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at

start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
required to adequately power the DRBIIIt.
If all connections are proper between the
DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the
vehicle battery is fully charged, and inoperative
DRBIIIt may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle
wiring.
REAR WIPER SYSTEM CONTROL CIRCUITS

DELAY
CIRCUIT
DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND

BLANK SCREEN
Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will display one of only two error messages:
User-Requested WARM Boot or UserRequested COLD Boot
This is a sample of such an error message display:
Five circuits feed the rear wiper module. It has

two high current circuits, battery (B+) and ground,
that run the motor. The remaining three circuits
are low current control circuits.
Two of these circuits come from the rear wiper
switch on the right multi-function switch stalk.
These circuits are referred to as the rear wiper
motor control circuit and the rear wiper motor
intermittent control circuit. When the rear wiper
switch is in the Off position, both of these circuits
are open and the wiper module parks or remains
parked. When the rear wiper switch is in the
Intermittent position, the intermittent control circuit is switched to ignition voltage, the motor
control circuit is open and the wiper is in the
intermittent modes. When the rear wiper switch is
in the On position, the intermittent control circuit
is open and the motor control circuit is switched to
ignition voltage and the wiper is in continuous
wipe mode.
REAR
WIPER
SWITCH
POSITION
USING THE DRBIIIT
OFF
DEL
ON
WASH
19
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.18.3
DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
General Information Section or in service manual

procedures. Following these procedures is very
important to the safety of individuals performing
diagnostic tests.
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the

display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
condition.
4.2.2
VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR

TESTING
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully

charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic
codes or error messages may occur.
4.2.3
SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES
Some components of the chassis system are intended to be serviced as an assembly only. Attempting to remove or repair certain system subcomponents may result in personal injury and/or
improper system operation. Only those components with approved repair and installation procedures in the service manual should be serviced.
4.0
4.1
DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY,
WARNINGS
4.2.4
WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE

DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT
CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS.
DISCLAIMERS
All information, illustrations, and specifications

contained in this manual are based on the latest
information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.
4.2
SAFETY
Follow the vehicle manufacturers service specifications at all times.
Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.

Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
damaged or if metal is exposed.
To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
4.2.1
DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION
TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION
DANGER!!! ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON

MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST
REMOVAL SYSTEM.
Set the parking brake and block the wheels

before testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially important to block the wheels on front-wheel
drive vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the
drive wheels.
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye protection, and remove any metal jewelry such as
rings, watchbands or bracelets that might make an
inadvertent electrical contact.
When diagnosing a chassis system problem, it is
important to follow approved procedures where
applicable. These procedures can be found in this
Choose the proper range and function for the

measurement. Do not try voltage or current
measurements that may exceed the rated capacity.
Do not exceed the limits shown in the table
below:
FUNCTION
INPUT LIMIT
Volts
0 - 500 peak volts AC

0 - 500 volts DC
Ohms (resistance)*
0 - 1.12 megohms
Frequency Measured
Frequency Generated
0 - 10 kHz
Temperature
-58 - 1100F
-50 - 600C
* Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.

Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
circuit.
20
GENERAL INFORMATION
Voltage between any terminal and ground must

not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v

DC or 25v AC.
Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure
circuits exceeding 10A.
When testing for the presence of voltage or
current, make sure the meter is functioning
correctly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
current before accepting a zero reading.
CAUTION: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A

VEHICLE,
BE
SURE
THAT
ALL
COMPONENTS
ARE
REASSEMBLED.
DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO
READ THE DRBIIIT SCREEN WHILE IN
MOTION. DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT FROM
THE REAR VIEW MIRROR OR OPERATE IT
YOURSELF.
HAVE
AN
ASSISTANT
AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIIIT.
5.0
When measuring current, connect the meter in

series with test lead.
Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting the common test lead.
DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box)

Jumper Wires
Ohmmeter
Voltmeter
Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339
Test Light
Miller Special Tool #8310
When using the meter function, keep the DRBIIIt

away from spark plug or coil wires to avoid measuring error from outside interference.
4.3
4.3.1
WARNINGS
VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS
6.0
Before disconnecting any control module, make

sure the ignition is off . Failure to do so could
damage the module.
When testing voltage or continuity at any control
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the
insulation, this will damage it and eventually
cause it to fail because of corrosion. Be careful
when performing electrical tests so as to prevent
accidental shorting of terminals. Such mistakes
can damage fuses or components. Also, a second
code could be set, making diagnosis of the original
problem more difficult.
4.3.2
REQUIRED TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT
ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT

VEHICLE
Some complaints will require a test drive as part

of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
code or symptom condition.
21
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
ABS
antilock brake system
ACM
airbag control module
AECM
airbag electronic control module

(ACM)
ASDM
airbag system diagnostic module

(ACM)
AZC
automatic zone control
BCM
body control module
CAB
controller antilock brake
DAB
driver airbag
DDM
driver door module
DLC
data link connector
DTC
diagnostic trouble code
EBL
electric back lite (rear window defogger)
ECM
engine control module
EVIC
electronic vehicle information center
HSM
heated seat module
HVAC
heater ventilation, air conditioning
I/R
infrared sensor
MHSM
memory heated seat module
MIC
mechanical instrument cluster
MSM
memory seat module
MUX
multiplexed
GENERAL INFORMATION
ODO
odometer
RKE
remote keyless entry
PAB
passenger airbag
SKIM
sentry key immobilizer module
PCI
Programmable Communication
Interface (vehicle communication
bus)
SKIS
sentry key immobilizer system
SQUIB
also called initiator (located in rear

of airbag module)
PCM
powertrain control module
TCM
transmission control module
PDC
power distribution center
VFD
vacuum fluorescent display
PDM
passenger door module
VTSS
vehicle theft security system
PWM
pulse width modulated
22
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
23
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
ACM ACCELEROMETER - ACTIVE
ACM ACCELEROMETER - STORED
ACM INTERNAL 1 - ACTIVE
ACM INTERNAL 1 - STORED
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - ACTIVE
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - STORED
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - ACTIVE
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - STORED
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - ACTIVE
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - STORED
NO PCI TRANSMISSION - ACTIVE
SAFING SENSOR - ACTIVE
SAFING SENSOR - STORED
Test Note:
All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be ACM ACCELEROMETER ACTIVE.
When Monitored and Set Condition:

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Continuously with the ignition on.
The ACM has detected a diagnostic condition, replace the module.
ACM ACCELEROMETER - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
ACM INTERNAL 1 - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
ACM INTERNAL 1 - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Continuously with ignition on.
24
AIRBAG
Continued
ACM OUTPUT DRIVER - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a diagnostic condition , replace the module.
ACM STORED ENERGY FIRING - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a diagnostic condition , replace the module.
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
ACM STORED ENERGY LOGIC - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
NO PCI TRANSMISSION - ACTIVE

When Monitored: With the ignition in the On position and the ACM transmitting
information on the PCI BUS.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM cannot detect the ACM transmitting
information on the PCI BUS for 5 consecutive seconds. NOTE: Any PCI Bus Failure will
cause this code to set.
SAFING SENSOR - ACTIVE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
SAFING SENSOR - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, ACTIVE AND STORED CODE
25
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.

WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST
BE REPLACED.
View repair.
All
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected
and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be
turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
26
AIRBAG
Symptom:
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - ACTIVE

CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - ACTIVE
When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the ACM
warning lamp request (On or Off) and the MIC warning lamp state (On or Off) PCI Bus
messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp
state occur
Set Condition: If the ACM warning lamp request (On or Off) and the MIC warning lamp
state (On or Off) messages do not match within 3 consecutive seconds, the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
ACM, CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure communications with the Mechanical Instrument Cluster. If the MIC
does not communicate go to the Symptom List and select BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN
FROM MIC.
With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DISPLAY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors.
Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM
monitors for 6 to 8 seconds.
Does the 9LAMP ON BY MIC9 and 9LAMP REQ BY ACM9 monitors match?
All
YES
Go To
NO
Replace instrument cluster circuit board.
2

WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.
27
All
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - STORED
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY - STORED
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN-START - STORED
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE - STORED
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED
WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED
Test Note:
All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH - STORED.

When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the ACM
warning lamp request (On or Off) and the MIC warning lamp state (On or Off) PCI Bus
messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp
state occur
Set Condition: If the ACM warning lamp request (On or Off) and the MIC warning lamp
state (On or Off) messages do not match within 3 consecutive seconds, the code will set.
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED
When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
Squib circuits.
When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib circuits.
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver
The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib circuits.
28
AIRBAG
Continued
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib circuits.
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY - STORED

When Monitored: With the ignition in the run/start position the ACM monitors the Fused
Ignition Switch Output Run/Start circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Only circuit drops
below 4.5 volts, the code will set.
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN-START - STORED
When Monitored: With the ignition in the run/start position the ACM monitors the Fused
Ignition Switch Output Run/Start circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/Start circuit drops
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED
When Monitored: With the ignition is On, the ACM monitors the resistance of the
Passenger Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
Squib circuits.
The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Driver
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - STORED

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib circuits.
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - STORED

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
The ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib circuits.
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - STORED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib circuits.
WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - STORED

When Monitored: When the ignition is On, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message
from the MIC containing the airbag warning lamp status Ok or Open. The MIC transmit
the message one time per second in response to the ACM lamp On/Off message.
Set Condition:
seconds.
The code is set if the lamp state is open for 2 consecutive messages or 2
29
AIRBAG
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACTIVE OR STORED CODE PRESENT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.

Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTCs from all modules.
With the DRB III monitor active codes as you work through the system.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the Airbag System and rotate the
steering wheel from stop to stop.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem:
- Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out,
spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
- Visually inspect the related harnesses. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wire.
- Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Did the DTCs become active?
All
Yes
Select appropriate active symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.
30
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
Squib circuits.
The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE CIRCUITS OPEN
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUITS OPEN
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 2 OPEN
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 1 OPEN
ACM, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

CAUTION: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 brown cable and jumper harness to the
Driver Airbag connector.
Turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag DTCs.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Airbag.


31
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 black cable and jumper harness to the
Clockspring connector.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Clockspring.


3

Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean / repair as necessary.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Airbag Line 2 circuit between the ACM Adaptor
and the Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Airbag Line 2 circuit.


32
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the ACM connector.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit between the ACM Adaptor
and the Clockspring connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open or high resistance in the Driver Airbag Line 1

circuit.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the ignition must be

5

WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST
BE REPLACED.
Repair
33
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUITS LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 brown cable and jumper harness to the
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Driver Airbag Module.


34
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Note: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 black cable and jumper harness to the
Turn Ignition On, and then reconnect the Battery.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag DTCs
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Clockspring.

3

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control
Module connector.
Measure the resistance between the Driver Airbag Line 1 and Line 2 at the
Is the resistance below 10.0 Kohms?
Yes
Repair Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit Short to Driver Airbag Line 2

circuit.
No
Go To
Note: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

35
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Repair
36
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected voltage on the Driver Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Turn Ignition On and then reconnect the Battery.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active codes.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Airbag Module.


37
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 black cable and jumper harness to the
With the DRBIIIt, read active DTCs.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY ?
All
Yes
Go To
No


3

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit between the Clockspring
connector and ground.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts on Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit?
Yes
Repair Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit short to battery voltage.

No
Go To

38
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Airbag Line 2 circuit between the Clockspring
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts
All
Yes
Repair Driver Airbag Line 2 circuit short to battery voltage.

No
Go To

5

Repair
39
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 1 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Module.
Driver Airbag Squib connector.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Airbag Module.


40
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Module.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 black cable and jumper harness to the
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
All
Yes
Go To
No


3

CAUTION: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool # 8310 ACM adaptor to the Airbag Control
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit in the Clockspring
connector.
Yes
Repair Driver Airbag Line 1 circuit short to ground.

No
Go To

41
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Airbag Line 2 circuit between the Clockspring
All
Yes
Repair Driver Airbag Line 2 Circuit short to ground.

No
Go To

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected..
5

Repair
42
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY - ACTIVE

When Monitored: With the ignition in the run only position the ACM monitors the Fused
Ignition Switch Output Run circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit drops
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DEFECTIVE AIRBAG RUN FUSE
ACM, FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, FUSED IGNITION RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove Airbag Run circuit fuse.

Note: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Turn Ignition On ( Engine Off).
Measure the voltage on the Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Run
Fuse and ground.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run circuit.

Turn Ignition off.

Remove and inspect the Airbag Run Fuse.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All
Note: Reinstall the fuse if it is not open.
43
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Airbag Run fuse.

Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit at the ACM
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms ?
All
Yes
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit for a short
to ground and replace Airbag Run Fuse.
No
Go To

4
Reconnect all preciously disconnected connectors and components.

Turn ignition off.
Install a new Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit Run fuse and turn the
ignition on.
Did the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit fuse blow?
Yes

and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. Replace Airbag Run fuse.
No
The Airbag RUN fuse was defective and has been replaced as part
of the previous test.

Turn Ignition On, then reconnect the Battery.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit at the Airbag
Control Module connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit.


44
All
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

View repair.
All
Repair
45
AIRBAG
Symptom:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN-START - ACTIVE

When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run-Start position the ACM monitors the
Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit drops
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN
DEFECTIVE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START FUSE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT SHORTED
ACM, FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN - START SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove Airbag Run-Start Fuse.

Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output circuit at the Airbag Run-Start
Fuse.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit.

Turn Ignition off.

Remove and inspect the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Note: Reinstall the fuse if it is not open.
46
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition off.

Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit at the
Airbag Run-Start Fuse.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Airbag Run-Start Fuse.

Reconnect all preciously disconnected connectors and components.

Turn ignition off.
Install a new Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start fuse and turn the ignition on.
Did the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run - Start circuit fuse blow?
Yes

and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. Replace Airbag Run - Start
Fuse.
No
The Airbag RUN-START fuse was defective and has been replaced as part of the previous test.

Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start Circuit at the
Airbag Control Module connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit.

47
All
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Warning: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME,
IT MUST BE REPLACED.
All
Repair
48
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE - ACTIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, NO CLUSTER MESSAGE - ACTIVE
ACM, NO CLUSTER MESSAGES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure communications with the Mechanical Instrument Cluster.

With the DRB select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DISPLAY,
WARNING LAMP STATUS.
Using the DRB, read the MIC LAMP STATUS monitor.
Cycle the ignition key and observe the warning lamp monitors.
Does the DRBIIIt show MIC LAMP STATUS: ON or OFF?
All
YES
Go To
NO
Refer to symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster
communications.
2

Repair
49
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO PCI TRANSMISSION - STORED

NO PCI TRANSMISSION - STORED
When Monitored: With the ignition in the On position and the ACM transmitting
information on the PCI BUS.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM cannot detect the ACM transmitting
information on the PCI BUS for 5 consecutive seconds. NOTE: Any PCI Bus Failure will
cause this code to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT PCI BUS TEST
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.
Turn ignition on.
Read both active and stored codes, and record them.
With the DRB III monitor stored codes as you work through the system.
NOTE: Check for partially seat connectors and spread terminals - Clean and
repair as necessary.
Wiggle the wiring harness of each module on the PCI Bus.
While monitoring the DRB road test the vehicle.
Is there a wiring, connector problem, loss of communication or 9NO PCI TRANSMISSION9 DTC returns?
All
Yes
Repair the PCI Bus wiring, connectors or terminals as necessary.

No
Test Complete.
50
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE

When Monitored: When the ignition is On, the ACM monitors the resistance of the
Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger
Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG OPEN
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER AIRBAG OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure the battery is fully charged.

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Module.
Passenger Airbag Module connector.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB OPEN?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Passenger Airbag.


51
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag.
Connect the Airbag System Load Tool 8310 ACM adaptor to the Airbag Control
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Airbag Line 1 circuit between the ACM
Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Airbag Line 1.

Note: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

3
Note: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.

FATAL INJURY.
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit at the ACM Adaptor
and the Passenger Airbag connector and the Passenger Airbag connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit.


52
All
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

View repair.
All
Repair
53
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT - ACTIVE

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE SHORT
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER AIRBAG SHORT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Passenger Airbag connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag DTCs.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Passenger Airbag.


54
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector
Module connector.
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Airbag Line 1 and Line 2 circuit at the
Load Tool ACM Adaptor.
All
Yes
Repair Passenger Airbag Line 1 short to Line 2.

No
Go To

3

View repair.
Repair
55
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Squib circuits.
Set Condition:
When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
The ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT LINE 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER AIRBAG SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Passenger Airbag connector.
Turn ignition On and then reconnect the Battery.
With the DRBIIIt, read active DTCscodes.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Passenger Airbag Module.


56
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Module connector.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Airbag Line 1 circuit in the Passenger Airbag
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts on Passenger Airbag Line 1 circuit?
All
Yes
Repair Passenger Airbag Line 1 shorted to battery.

No
Go To

3

FATAL INJURY.
Turn Ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit in the Passenger Airbag
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts on Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit ?
Yes
Repair Passenger Airbag Line 2 short to battery.

No
Go To
All

4

Repair
57
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND - ACTIVE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 1 SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Module connector.
Passenger Airbag Module connector.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Passenger Airbag Module.


58
AIRBAG
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

FATAL INJURY.
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Airbag Line 1 circuit between the Airbag
Module connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10.0 Kohms on Passenger Airbag Line 1 circuit ?
All
Yes
Repair Passenger Airbag Line 1 for a short to ground.

No
Go To

3

FATAL INJURY.
Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit between the Passenger
Airbag connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10.0 Kohms on Passenger Airbag Line 2 circuit ?
Yes
Repair Passenger Airbag Line 2 for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

4

Repair
59
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE

WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN - ACTIVE
When Monitored: When the ignition is On, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message
from the MIC containing the airbag warning lamp status Ok or Open. The MIC transmit
the message one time per second in response to the ACM lamp On/Off message.
Set Condition:
seconds.
The code is set if the lamp state is open for 2 consecutive messages or 2
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR CKT OPEN
ACM, AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
Did the DRB establish communication with the Instrument Cluster?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to category COMMUNICATION and select the related

symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.
APPLICABILITY
All
With the DRB select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DISPLAY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen.
Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen.
All
1. 9LAMP STATUS: OK9

Go To 3
2. LAMP STATUS: OPEN
Replace Instrument Cluster circuit board.
3

Repair
60
All
AIRBAG
Symptom:
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT TROUBLE CODES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Make sure that all Airbag and Instrument Cluster DTCs have been repaired before
pre forming this procedure.
With the DRBIIIt select MONITOR DISPLAY, WARNING LAMP STATUS and read
the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY, WARNING LAMP
STATES.
With no active DTCs, Does the MIC Bulb STATE and MIC DRIVER STATE both
display ON?
All
Yes

No
Refer to symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster.


61
AUDIO
Symptom:
ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED

ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to

help isolate a possible short.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier C1 harness connector.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Power Amplifier.

62
All
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORTED
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Radio C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio C2
connector.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
All
Yes
Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Disconnect the Radio C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (-) circuit in the Radio C1
and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit
in the radio C1 and C2 connectors.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?
Yes
Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
63
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
AM SECTION

AM SECTION
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on.
The code will set if the radio detects a AM Section failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
This is an internal radio failure.
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
64
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASS ERROR

CASS ERROR
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a internal cassette failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
65
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASSETTE COM FAILURE

CASSETTE COM FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a cassette com failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
66
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASSETTE EJECT FAILURE

CASSETTE EJECT FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a cassette eject failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
67
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASSETTE LOADING FAILURE

CASSETTE LOADING FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a cassette loading failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
68
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASSETTE TAPE TENSION HIGH

CASSETTE TAPE TENSION HIGH
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
69
AUDIO
Symptom:
CASSETTE TAPE TENSION LOW

CASSETTE TAPE TENSION LOW
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
70
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE

CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on.
The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
This is an internal CD Changer failure.
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the CD Changer.
71
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER PLAY FAILURE

CD CHANGER PLAY FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
code will set.
If the CD is scratched, dirty, so that the head cannot play the disk, the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER PLAY OR READ FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Replace the problem CD with a good, clean, unscratched, music CD.

Turn the radio on and select the good CD.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER PLAY FAILURE, READ FAILURE, or
IMPROPER DISK IN CD CHANGER?
All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
72
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER POWER SUPPLY TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
5 seconds.
The code will set if the radio detects ignition voltage above 16.0 volts for
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER SUPPLY OF CD CHANGER
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector.
Start the engine.
Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output circuit.
Yes
Repair the charging system as necessary.

No

73
APPLICABILITY
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE

CD CHANGER READ FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the CD Changer.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
74
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH

CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
C (+145 F).
The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW OR HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors
and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.
The CD Changer will operate between -23 C and 65 C (-10 F and +145 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE LOW or CD CHANGER
TEMPERATURE HIGH?
All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
75
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE LOW

CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE LOW
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
C (-10 F).
The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is below -23
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The CD Changer will operate between -23 C and 65 C (-10 F and +145 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE LOW or CD CHANGER
TEMPERATURE HIGH?
All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
76
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD ERROR

CD ERROR
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a internal CD failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
77
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE

CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on.
The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
78
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD PLAY FAILURE

CD PLAY FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
code will set.
Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
If the CD is scratched, dirty, so that the head cannot play the disk, the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD PLAY OR READ FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Turn the radio CD player on.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD PLAY FAILURE, CD READ FAILURE, or IMPROPER
DISK IN CD?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Test Complete.
79
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD READ FAILURE

CD READ FAILURE
When Monitored:
in the radio CD player.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

DISK IN CD?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Test Complete.
80
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH

CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above
+65 C (+145 F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The radio CD player will operate between -23 C and 65 C (-10 F and +145 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD TEMPERATURE LOW or CD TEMPERATURE
HIGH?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Test Complete.
81
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD TEMPERATURE LOW

CD TEMPERATURE LOW
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is below
-23 C (-10 F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The radio CD player will operate between -23 C and 65 C (-10 F and +145 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD TEMPERATURE LOW or CD TEMPERATURE
HIGH?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Test Complete.
82
AUDIO
Symptom:
FM SECTION

FM SECTION
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a FM Section failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
83
AUDIO
Symptom:
FRONT OUTPUT SHORT

FRONT OUTPUT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The radio has sensed a short on the front output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display FRONT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display FRONT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

84
All
AUDIO
FRONT OUTPUT SHORT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and each front speaker (+) circuit in the
Radio C2 connector.
All
Yes
Repair the front speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and each front speaker (-) circuit in the
Radio C1 connector.
Yes
Repair the front speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between each front speaker (+) circuit and each front speaker
(-) circuit in the radio C1 and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the front speaker circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
85
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
IMPROPER DISK IN CD

IMPROPER DISK IN CD
When Monitored:
in the radio CD player.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

DISK IN CD?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Test Complete.
86
AUDIO
Symptom:
IMPROPER DISK IN CD CHANGER

IMPROPER DISK IN CD CHANGER
When Monitored:
in the CD Changer.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
87
AUDIO
Symptom:
LEFT OUTPUT SHORT

LEFT OUTPUT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The radio has sensed a short on the left output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

88
All
AUDIO
LEFT OUTPUT SHORT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Radio C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and each left speaker (+) circuit in the Radio
C2 connector.
All
Yes
Repair the left speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and each left speaker (-) circuit in the Radio
C1 and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the left speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between each left speaker (+) circuit and each left speaker (-)
circuit in the radio C1 and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the left speaker circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
89
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH

RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The BCM is trying to activate the radio dimming output (park lamps on
and parade mode requested). The code will set if the BCM pulls this input low and
excessive current is sinked into the BCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DIMMER SECTION OF RADIO
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Turn the park lamps on.
Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit at the Radio C1 connector.
Rotate the dimmer switch from full low intensity to full high intensity.
Does the voltage increase from approximately 3.5 volts to approximately 12.0 volts?
All
Yes
Replace the Radio.

No
Go To

Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit at the Radio C1 connector.
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?
Yes
Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Replace the Body Control Module.

90
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
RADIO ERROR

RADIO ERROR
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The code will set if the radio detects a internal radio failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
91
AUDIO
Symptom:
REAR OUTPUT SHORT

REAR OUTPUT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The radio has sensed a short on the rear output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display REAR OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display REAR OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

92
All
AUDIO
REAR OUTPUT SHORT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and each rear speaker (+) circuit in the
Radio C2 connector.
All
Yes
Repair the rear speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and each rear speaker (-) circuit in the Radio
C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the rear speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Radio C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between each rear speaker (+) circuit and each rear speaker
(-) circuit in the radio C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the rear speaker circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
93
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a short to ground on the Radio Control
MUX circuit for more than 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AT THE SWITCH
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
CLOCKSPRING SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CKT SHORTED TO THE RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CKT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes
before proceeding.
CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on
a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently
deployed.
Remove the Driver Airbag Module.
Disconnect the Left Remote Radio Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on, reconnect the battery.
With the DRB, enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW
voltage
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts?
All
Yes
Replace the Left Remote Radio Switch.

No
Go To
94
AUDIO
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect the Right Remote Radio Switch harness connector.
voltage
All
Yes
Replace the Right Remote Radio Switch.

No
Go To

Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector.
voltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

NOTE: Ensure both remote radio switches are disconnected.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit at the
clockspring C1 harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground

between the clockspring and the remote radio switches.
No
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the
remote radio switches.

voltage.
Yes

No
Go To
95
All
All
All
AUDIO
TEST
6
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit.
Yes
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground

between the clockspring and the BCM.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between the Radio Control MUX circuit and the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit.
Yes
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the
BCM.
No
Go To
All

Repair
96
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT

RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The radio has sensed a short on the right output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes
Go To
No

97
All
AUDIO
RIGHT OUTPUT SHORT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and each right speaker (+) circuit in the
Radio C2 connector.
All
Yes
Repair the right speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and each right speaker (-) circuit in the
Radio C1 and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the right speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between each right speaker (+) circuit and each right speaker
(-) circuit in the radio C1 and C2 connectors.
Yes
Repair the right speaker circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
98
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
99
AUDIO
Symptom:
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
100
AUDIO
Symptom:
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
101
AUDIO
Symptom:
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
102
AUDIO
Symptom:
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
103
AUDIO
Symptom:
*FADER INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
104
AUDIO
Symptom:
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
105
AUDIO
Symptom:
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
106
AUDIO
Symptom:
*NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT SHORT - FUSE #5
POWER AMPLIFIER - INTERNAL SHORT
RADIO - FUSED B+ CKT SHORTED
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
INTERMITTENT SHORT - FUSE #30
RADIO - FUSED IGNITION SWITCH CKT SHORTED
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO RADIO
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CKT TO RADIO
OPEN RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO POWER AMPLIFIER
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT TO POWER AMPLIFIER
OPEN ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO (NO SPEAKER OUTPUT)
RADIO (NO ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPILIFER)
POWER AMPLIFIER (NO OUTPUT)
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block.

Turn the radio on.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Refer to the wiring

diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a
possible intermittent short to ground condition.
107
APPLICABILITY
All
All
AUDIO
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier, answer yes to the
question.
Turn the radio on.
Is the fuse open?
All
Yes
Go To
No


Is the fuse open?
Yes
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground.

No
Replace the Radio.


Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Turn the radio on.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace fuse #30 in the Junction Block. Refer to the wiring

diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a
possible intermittent short to ground condition.
All
All
All

Cycle the ignition switch from on to off.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Replace the Radio.

108
All
AUDIO
TEST
8
10
11
12
Continued
ACTION
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open.

APPLICABILITY
All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

All
10

Disconnect the Radio ground connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the radio ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair/replace the ground circuit for an open.

All
11
question.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B+ circuits.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?
Yes
Go To
No

All
12
question.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both Ground circuits.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

13
109
All
AUDIO
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13
question.
Measure the resistance of the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit between the Radio
connector and the Power Amplifier connector.
All
14
15
16
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit for an open.

14
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier, answer no to the

question.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit.
Yes
Repair the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
15
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier, answer no to the

question.
While back probing, measure the voltage of any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio C2
connector.
Turn the ignition and radio on.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radio.

All
16

Turn the ignition and Radio on.
Measure the voltage of the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit in the Power Amplifier
connector.
Yes

No
Replace the Radio.

110
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
111
AUDIO
Symptom:
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
112
AUDIO
Symptom:
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
OPEN CLOCKSPRING
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN INTERNAL
TEST
1
ACTION
NOTE: If any DTCs are set, diagnose the DTC before continuing.
Turn the ignition and radio on.
Operate both remote radio switches.
Are both remote radio control switches inoperative?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

voltage.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
All

Connect a jumper wire between cavity 3 and cavity 4 at the Clockspring C3 connector.
voltage.
Yes
Check the circuits between the clockspring connector and the

splice for an open. If ok, replace the Clockspring.
No
Go To
113
All
AUDIO
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX circuit between the BCM C2
connector and the Clockspring C3 connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
clockspring and the BCM.

Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the BCM
C2 connector and the Clockspring C3 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open

between the clockspring and the BCM.
All
All
Repair
7
before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors.
Measure the voltage of the Radio Control MUX circuit at the inoperative remote
radio switch.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
inoperative switch and the splice.
114
All
AUDIO
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the
inoperative remote radio switch and the clockspring connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open

between the inoperative switch and the clockspring.

Repair
Replace the inoperative Remote Radio Switch.
115
All
AUDIO
Symptom:
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
116
AUDIO
Symptom:
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
117
AUDIO
Symptom:
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
118
AUDIO
Symptom:
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
119
AUDIO
Symptom:
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
120
AUDIO
Symptom:
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the Radio.
121
CHIME
Symptom:
CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION, DRIVER DOOR
OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
KEY-IN IGN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
KEY-IN IGN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN KEY-IN SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE - KEY-IN IGNITION OPEN
DOOR AJAR PROBLEMS
TEST
1
ACTION
Note: Ensure the interior lamps turn on and off properly.
Note: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly.
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt select: Body, INPUT OUTPUT, KEY IN IGN SW
Insert the key in to the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read key in ignition switch status.
Does the DRBIIIt display; KEY IN IGN SW :CLOSED?
Yes
Refer to Door Ajar information for the related symptoms.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Ignition switch C2 connector.

With the ignition key in.
Using an Ohmmeter, check the resistance across the Ignition Switch
Is the resistance above 10.0 ohms?
Yes
Replace the Ignition Switch.

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Key-in Ignition Switch Ground circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the BCM
C1 connector and the Ignition Switch C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Key-in Ignition Switch Sense Wire.

122
All
CHIME
CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION, DRIVER DOOR OPEN
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair.
Repair
123
APPLICABILITY
All
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACTUATES OK
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CHIME INOPERATIVE
TEST
1
ACTION
Close all doors.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Chime.
Does the chime sound when actuated by the DRB?
Yes
If the chime operates as it should, check for other reasons that the
chime is being inoperative. Refer to symptom list for related
problems.
No

124
APPLICABILITY
All
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS WRONG
SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE -BELT SENSE OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Ensure the drivers seat belt is Not fastened.
With the DRB III select: Body, Body Computer, Input Output.
Read the SEAT BELT SW status.
Does the DRB III show SEAT BELT SW: CLOSED?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector.

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Belt Switch Sense ckt and the Ground ckt in the
Seat Belt Switch connector.
Read the Seat Belt Sw status.
Does the DRB III show Seat Belt Sw: CLOSED?
Yes
Replace the Seat Belt Switch.

No
Go To
All
Lower the Junction Block and gain access to the Junction Block C1 connector, but do
not disconnect.
Back probe a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Junction
Block C1 connector cavity 19 in the upper right corner to ground.
Read the Seat Belt Sw status.
Yes
Repair the open Seat Belt Switch Sense wire.

No
Go To
125
All
CHIME
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit and chassis
ground.
Read the Seat Belt Sw, status.
All
Yes
Repair the open Ground wire.

No
Go To

Lower the Junction Block and gain access to the Junction Block C1 connector but do
not disconnect.
Back probe a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Junction
Block C1 connector cavity 19 in the upper right corner to ground.
Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense ckt in the
Junction Block - Body Control Module connector.
Yes

No
Replace the Junction Block.

126
All
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LAMPS, DRIVER DOOR
OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRB TEST HEADLAMP SWITCH
DOOR AJAR PROBLEMS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING PROBLEMS
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt select: Body, Monitor Display, Lighting Monitor.
Open the Driver door.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Driver Door Switch status.
Does the DRBIIIt display Closed?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to Door Ajar information for the related symptoms.

APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRB III select: Body, Monitor Display, Lighting Monitor.
Read the Headlamp Switch voltage while turning the Parklamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt display: 2.0 to 3.2 volts?
Yes

No
Refer to Exterior Lighting information for the related symptoms.

127
All
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 120 KMH
75 MPH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GULF COAST CODE IN BCM
CHECK PCM DTCS
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH SPEED OVER 120 KMH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure there is communication between the BCM and the PCM before continuing. If
not, refer to symptom list for problems related to COMMUNICATION.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Country Code status in module display..
Is a Gulf Coast Country Code selected for the BCM?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Select a Gulf Coast Country Code for the Body Control Module.
With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain DTCs.

Are any Vehicle Speed Sensor codes present?
All
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to Driveability.

No

128
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER DOOR OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
KEY-IN IGN SWITCH STATUS WRONG
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
KEY-IN IGN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - KEY-IN IGNITION SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn off; Headlamps and Parklamps.
Read the Key-In Ignition status.
Does the DRB III show Key-In Ign OPEN?
Yes
No problem found at this time.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Read the Key-In Ignition status.
Does the DRB III show: Key-In Ign, CLOSED?
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit to chassis ground.
Yes
Repair the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Repair
129
All
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS WRONG
SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK - SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
Ensure the drivers seat belt is fastened.
Read the Seat Belt Sw, status.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Read the Seat Belt Sw. status.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Seat Belt Switch.

All
Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the
Seat Belt Switch connector..
Yes
Go To
No

All

Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the
Seat Belt Switch connector..
Yes
Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
No
Go To
5
130
All
CHIME
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
TEST
5
ACTION
Repair
131
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM

When Monitored: Each time the DRB request DTCs from the BCM, the BCM check for
battery voltage on the IOD circuit.
Set Condition:
IOD circuit.
The DTC will set if the BCM detects a low or no voltage condition on the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC
PDC FUSE #15
CHECK FUSED B+ FEED TO JUNCTION BLOCK
JUNCTION BLOCK IOD FAILURE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #7
TEST
1
ACTION
Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTCs.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read BCM DTCs.
Does the DRB display: Battery IOD Disconnect at BCM?
Yes
Go To
No
No problem found at this time. Use the wiring diagrams located in

the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent
wiring problem.
APPLICABILITY
All
Inspect fuse #15 in the Power Distribution Center.

Is the fuse open?
Yes
Re-install or replace PDC fuse #15. Use the wiring diagrams

located in the service information to help isolate a possible
intermittent wiring problem.
No
Go To
132
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Junction Block C4 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the
Junction Block C4 connector (cavity 1).
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open between the Junction

Block and the PDC.
Inspect the IOD fuse in the Junction Block (Fuse #7).

Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Remove Fuse #7 from the Junction Block.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused B+ circuit at the junction
block fuse #7 (output side of fuse).
Yes

help isolate a short to ground condition.
No
Replace the fuse.

Install fuse #7 in the Junction Block.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the
junction block body control module connector cavity 26.
Yes

No

133
All
All
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE

BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE
When Monitored: Each time the DRB request DTCs from the BCM, the BCM runs an
EEPROM checksum test.
Set Condition:
The DTC will set if the BCM detects an EEPROM checksum failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM INTERNAL EEPROM FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
Did this DTC reset?
Yes
Reflash or Replace the Body Control Module.

No
Test Complete.
134
APPLICABILITY
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE

BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE
When Monitored:
checksum test.
Set Condition:
Each time the DRB performs the flash process, the BCM runs a flash
The DTC will set if the BCM detects a flash checksum failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM INTERNAL FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
Did this DTC reset?
Yes
Reflash or Replace the Body Control Module.

No
Test Complete.
135
APPLICABILITY
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
When Monitored:
With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Driver Door Module
(DDM) for at least 30 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE DOOR MODULES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, enter Body then Door Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Door Modules?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the Communication category and perform the symptom

Bus +/- Signals Open from Driver Door Module.
APPLICABILITY
All
With the DRB, erase DTCs.

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
136
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM

MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster
(MIC) for at least 30 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (MIC)
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mech Cluster.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster (MIC)?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

APPLICABILITY
All

Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
137
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER

When Monitored:
With the ignition on and the radio on.
Set Condition: If the DRB interrogates the CD changer and does not receive the proper
response from the CD changer.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER (DIN) CABLE
CD CHANGER PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO GROUND CKT OPEN
CD CHANGER
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Radio C4 connector (DIN cable) from the Radio and the CD Changer.
Visually inspect the Radio C4 (DIN) cable for damage.
In the next step check for open wires in the DIN cable.
Measure the resistance of the each DIN cable circuit between the Radio DIN cable
connector and the CD Changer DIN cable connector.
In the next step check for wires shorted to the DIN cable metal connectors.
Measure the resistance between each Radio C4 connector ( DIN cable) circuit and the
Radio Din cable metal connector.
Is the DIN cable circuits shorted together or open?
All
Yes
Replace the CD Changer (DIN) cable.

No
Go To
138
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Select DRB Standalone.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector (DIN cable).
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector.
Turn the Radio and CD Changer on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
What is the voltage displayed on the scope?
All
Pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts

Go To 3
Steady 0 volts
Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
3

Turn the Radio and the CD Changer on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ignition switch output
circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radio.

All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the CD Changer ground circuit
in the CD Changer connector (DIN cable).
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radio.

All

Repair
139
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
seconds.
The BCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 30
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, enter Body Computer, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the PCM.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
All

Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector.
Connect the diagnostic junction port tester #8339 to the diagnostic junction port.
Note: Do not connect the tester to the DRB.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the diagnostic junction port
tester pin 1 and the PCM C3 connector (cavity 30).
Yes
Replace the Powertrain Control Module.

No

140
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Passenger Door Module
(PDM) for at least 30 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE DOOR MODULES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, enter Body then Door Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Door Modules?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the Communication category and perform the symptom

Bus +/- Signals Open from Passenger Door Module.
APPLICABILITY
All

Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
141
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL
MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM.
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Refer to the

wiring diagrams in the service information.
All

Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or

short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
142
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the AZC connector.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Automatic Zone Control Module.
143
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM).
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Controller Antilock Brake (CAB)
module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ACM and the CAB?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom list for problems related to the PCI Bus

Communication Failure.

Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit (cavity 1).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ground circuit for an open.

144
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the BCM connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
145
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short, refer to the

Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

146
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the Driver Door Module connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Driver Door Module.
147
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the
Disconnect the EVIC harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No

Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

148
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION
CENTER Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the EVIC connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC).
149
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All

Turn all lights off.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Yes
Go To
No

150
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster.
151
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM MEMORY/HEATED SEAT MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN (CAV 1)
FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN (CAV 10)
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (CAV 3)
SEAT MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Seat Module C2 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit (cavity 1).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit (cavity 1) for an open.

All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit (cavity 10).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit (cavity 10) for an open.

All

Yes
Go To
No

152
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM MEMORY/HEATED SEAT MODULE
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Yes
Go To
No

All
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the Seat Module C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
Replace the Seat Module.
153
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short, refer to the

Yes
Go To
No

154
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the Passenger Door Module connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Passenger Door Module.
155
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

156
All
COMMUNICATION
*BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the SKIM connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in
accordance with the Service Information.
157
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Warning: Turn the ignition Off, disconnect the Battery and wait 2 minutes
before proceeding.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No

Note: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

2
Turn the ignition off and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the ACM connector.
Yes
Go To
No


158
All
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module (ACM) in accordance with the
Service Information.
159
APPLICABILITY
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CAB
REPLACE FUSE #19
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE SHORTED TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom

PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Remove and inspect fuse #19 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Replace Fuse #19 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an intermittent short to ground, refer to the wiring diagrams in the service
information.
160
All
All
COMMUNICATION
TEST
4
ACTION
Replace fuse #19 in the junction block.
Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Remove and inpsect fuse #19 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the

Continued
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Yes

ground.
No


Measure the resistance between ground and both ground circuits (cavities 8 and 24).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurements?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open.

All
All

Note: Ensure fuse #19 is installed in the junction block.
Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

161
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the CAB connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the
162
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM AND PCM (DIESEL ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK ECM POWERS AND GROUNDS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - SCI TRANSMIT
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUITS AT DLC OPEN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform the symptom Checking ECM and PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the
Driveability category.
Did the vehicle pass this test?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair as necessary.
Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.

NOTE: Reconnect all previously disconnected components.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ECM.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the ECM?
Yes
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.
No
Go To
All

Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.
Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
163
All
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM AND PCM (DIESEL ONLY)
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit circuit and the SCI Receive circuit
at the PCM connector.
All
Yes
Repair the short between the SCI Transmit and the SCI Receive
circuits.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the ECM connector and
the DLC.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

All

Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Measure the resistance between ground and both ground circuits at the DLC.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ground circuit that measured above 5.0 ohms for an
open.
All

Repair
Replace the Engine Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.
164
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, enter Anti-Lock Brakes.
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).
With the DRB, enter Passive Restraints then Airbag.
Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Communications category.

With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and
grounds to the PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTCs, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (SCI only) symptom path, if vehicle will start. For NO START Conditions follow symptom NO RESPONSE in Starting catagory.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM connector.
Yes
Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the

No

165
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ECM
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB attempt to communicate with the ECM.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the ECM?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom list for problems related to No Response From

ECM and PCM.
APPLICABILITY
All
Perform the symptom Checking ECM and PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the
Driveability category.
Yes
Go To
No
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive circuit.
Yes
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive circuit between the PCM C3 connector and
the DLC.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for an open.

166
All
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the PCM C3 connector
and the DLC.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
167
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - GAS ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUITS AT DLC OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability
category.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM, answer yes to the question.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.

No
Replace the Transmission Control Module.

168
All
All
COMMUNICATION
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit circuit and the SCI Receive circuit
at the PCM connector.
Yes
Repair the short between the SCI Transmit and the SCI Receive
circuits.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive circuit.
Yes
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive circuit between the PCM C3 connector and
the DLC.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for an open.

169
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the PCM C3 connector
and the DLC.
All
10
11
Yes
Go To
No

10

Measure the resistance between ground and both ground circuits at the DLC.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ground circuit that measured above 5.0 ohms for an
open.
All
11

Repair
170
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
REPLACE FUSE #30
RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

the question.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Replace Fuse #30 in the junction block.
Turn the Radio on.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an intermittent short to ground, refer to the wiring diagrams in the service
information.
171
All
All
COMMUNICATION
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Replace fuse #30 in the junction block.
Remove and inpsect fuse #30 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radio.

APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Yes

ground.
No


Note: Ensure fuse #30 is installed in the junction block.
Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring

diagrams located in the Service Information.
All

Disconnect the Radio ground wire.
Measure the resistance between ground and the radio ground wire.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace or repair the radio ground strap.

172
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the Radio connector.
All
10
Yes
Go To
No

10

Repair
Replace the Radio.
173
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

the question.
All
Yes
Go To
No

Perform 45RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER
1.

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Output (Run/St) circuit.
Note: The light must illuminate brightly, if it does not light, or lights dimly,
the circuit must be repaired. If there is any doubt, compare the brightness
when testing the circuit, to the brightness when connected directly to the
battery positive post.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit for an

open. Refer to the wiring diagrams location in the Service
Information.
1.
174
All
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the starter relay from the PDC.
Output (Start) circuit.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an

open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.
1.
Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
1.
All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the TCM
connector.
NOTE: The light must illuminate brightly, if it does not light, or lights dimly,
battery negative post.
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
1.
175
All
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
when complete.
circuit in the TCM connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No

1.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
1.
176
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WITH THE DRB PERFORM A MODULE SCAN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR
USING THE DRB, PERFORM THE PCI BUS CONTROL MODE
DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning.
Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic
Junction Port.
Using the DRB, along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339, select
Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Module Scan and follow the instructions on the
DRB.
Was the DRB able to scan (I/D or communicate) with any modules?
All
Yes
Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

(Individual module no responses).
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector and
the Diagnostic Junction Port connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open between the DLC and the
Diagnostic Junction Port.
177
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning.
Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic
Junction Port.
Using the DRB, along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339, select
Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Control Mode and follow the instructions on the
DRB.
Note: Perform this function on each pin that is equipped with a PCI Bus
circuit.
Did the DRB display No Modules Responding from any of the pins that were
scanned?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Check the PCI Bus circuit between the DLC and the Diagnostic
Junction Port connector for a short to voltage or to ground.
Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Keep the tester
connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester
that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port tester
that previously measured above 7.0 volts.
Note: Turn the ignition off before disconnecting any module harness
connector then turn the ignition on.
Disconnect the module harness connector(s). Note: If the problem occurred on pins 1
or 2 of the Diagnostic Junction Port tester, observe the voltmeter while disconnecting
each module connector one at a time.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts with the module(s) disconnected.
Yes
Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured over 7.0 volts for a
short to voltage.
No
Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage

was eliminated.
Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Keep the tester
connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic
Junction Port Tester that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
178
All
All
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit at the Diagnostic
Junction Port tester that previously measured below 100.0 ohms.
Disconnect the module harness connector(s). Note: If the problem occurred on pins 1
or 2 of the Diagnostic Junction Port tester, observe the ohmmeter while disconnecting
each module connector one at a time.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms with the module(s) disconnected.
All
Yes
Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured below 100.0 ohms for a
short to ground.
No
Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground

was eliminated.

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Were any problems found?
Yes
Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.

No
Test Complete.
179
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER DOOR MODULE WITH DRBIIIt
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BCM DTCS
INSPECT JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #22 AND #28
CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO BCM - JUNCTION BLOCK BCM CONNECTOR CAVITY 5
CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO BCM - JUNCTION BLOCK BCM CONNECTOR CAVITY 25
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer and read DTCs.
Are any DTCs present?
Yes
Refer to the appropriate category and perform the diagnostic test

associated with the DTC that is set.
No
Go To
All

Remove and inspect fuse #22 and #28 from the junction block.
Is either fuse open?
Yes
Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information to help

isolate a possible short to ground condition, replace fuse and
retest.
No
Go To
All

Note: Ensure Fuse #22 is installed in the junction block.
Output circuit at the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 5.
Yes
Go To
No

180
All
COMMUNICATION
*UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER
DOOR MODULE WITH DRBIIIt Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

NOTE: Ensure Fuse #28 is installed in the junction block.
Output circuit at the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 25.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
181
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
* DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes
Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance

with the Service Information.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the DDM harness connector.

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Sense circuit.
Does the Test Light illuminate?
Yes
Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No

182
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT
OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT
OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the driver door.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit.
Does the light illuminate?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open.
All
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRVR DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes
Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance

No
Go To
All
Disconnect the DDM harness connector.

Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Yes
Replace the Driver Door Module in accordance with the Service

Information.
No
Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
183
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (IF EQUIPPED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HOOD AJAR SWITCH OPEN
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE, INTERNAL OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the hood.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the HOOD AJAR SW state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector.

Does the test light illuminate?
Yes
Go To
No

All

Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Yes
Replace the Hood Ajar Switch,

No
Go To
All

Yes

No
Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.

184
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (IF EQUIPPED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND
BCM, SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Hood Open Sw state.
Yes
Replace the Hood Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the BCM harness connector.

Yes
Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No

185
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CKT OPEN
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the left rear door.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Yes
Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance

No
Go To
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
186
All
DOOR AJAR
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the
Junction Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector.
All
Yes

No
Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information.

187
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND IN JUNCTION BLOCK
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Yes
Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To
All
Disconnect the BCM from the Junction Block.

Yes

No

188
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE-OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the liftgate.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Right or Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open.

All
Disconnect the Right or Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the Junction
Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector.
Yes

No

189
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE SHORT IN THE JUNCTION BLOCK
BCM, SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Left Liftgate Ajar Switch in accordance with the

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Right Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Right Liftgate Ajar Switch in accordance with the

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Right and Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connectors.
Yes
Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense
circuit.
Yes

No

190
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH OPEN
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE, INTERNAL OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the liftgate flip-up.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LFTGT FLIP-UP AJAR state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector.

Yes
Go To
No

All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LFTGT FLIP-UP AJAR SW state.
Yes
Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch in accordance with the

No
Go To
All

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
191
All
DOOR AJAR
*LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the
Junction Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector.
All
Yes

No

192
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND IN JUNCTION BLOCK
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGLASS SW state.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGLASS SW state.
Yes
Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch in accordance with the

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Yes
Repair the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
No
Go To
All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar
Switch Sense circuit.
Yes

No

193
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT
OPEN PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the passenger door.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Does the light illuminate?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an

open.
All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.

Does the DRBIIIt display PASS DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information.
No
Go To
All
Disconnect the PDM harness connector.

Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Module in accordance with the

No
Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
194
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the PDM harness connector.

Yes
Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Replace the Passenger Door Module in accordance with the

195
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CKT OPEN
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH OPEN
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the right rear door.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch harness connector.

Yes
Go To
No

All

Yes
Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch,

No
Go To
All

Yes

No
Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
196
All
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the BCM harness connector.

Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
No

197
All

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED)

When Monitored:
With the ignition, during the heated seat operation.
Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the
seat heat element output.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
HEATED SEAT MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B+ DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT HEATED GROUND CKT (2) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CONNECTOR TO SPLICE - CUSHION SIDE - OPEN
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN
DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (JUMPER) OPEN
DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) OPEN
DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (2) OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.

Start the engine.
Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges.
Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC return?
All
Yes
Go To
No
The conditions required to set the code are currently not present.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors.
198

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater
connectors are at the rear of the seat.
Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the total resistance of the Driver Seat Heater System from the Driver Seat
Heater B(+) Driver to the Driver Seat Heater Ground in the HSM C2 connector
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.
Is ANY voltage present on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Heated Seat Module.

All
Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit?
Yes
Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to
voltage.
No
Go To
All
Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 4-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2
connector.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster.

199
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2
connector.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit?
All
Yes
Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to

voltage between the HSM C2 connector and the Driver Heated
Seat Back 2-way connector.
No
Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to

voltage between the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector
and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit to the Driver
Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector
(harness side).
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit and the Driver
Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the open circuit in either the Driver Seat Heater Ground
or the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver wiring between the HSM
C2 connector and the splice in the seat.
No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the
HSM C2 connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness
side).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.

200
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit (jumper).
All
10
11
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground (jumper) circuit.

10
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the 2
connectors.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the
Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Driver Heated
Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
All
11
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Seat
Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module C2 connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open.

201
All

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED)

When Monitored:
With the ignition on, during the heated seat operation.
Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an
output shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
HEATED SEAT MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
HEATED SEAT MODULE
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Start the engine.
Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return?
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All
Using the DRBIIIt, select: Body - Memory Seat Module - Erase DTCs.
Turn the driver heated seat on.
Does the DRBIIIt still show Driver Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
202
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Driver
Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector.
All
Yes
the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit.
No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground.
Yes
ground.
No

Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Driver
Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (black) connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Driver
Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground.
Yes
Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion.

No
Replace the Driver Heated Seat Back.

203
All

Symptom:
DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a
greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER HEATED SEAT SENSOR SHORTED
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY
SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
HEATED SEAT MODULE - SENSOR SHORTED
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Driver
Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the driver heated seat cushion (cushion
side) connector.
Is the resistance below 800 ohms at room temperature?
All
Yes
Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion Cover - sensor shorted..

No
Go To
Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and
ground.
Yes
Repair the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a

short to battery.
No
Go To
204
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and
ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit?
All
Yes

short to 5 volt supply.
No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.
No

205
All

Symptom:
DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR OPEN
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION FAILED SENSOR
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT OPEN
SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT OPEN
HEATED SEAT MODULE
HEATED SEAT MODULE - 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and ground.
Is the voltage below 4.5 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Heated
Seat Module connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion (harness side) connector.
Yes
Replace the Heated Seat Module - 5 volt supply open.

No
Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit.

206
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Driver
Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the driver heated seat cushion (cushion
side) connector.
Is the resistance above 70,000 (70K) ohms at room temperature?
All
Yes

No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit (harness
side) and ground.
Is the resistance below 1,000.0 ohms?
Yes

short to ground.
No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance between the Driver Seat Temp Sensor Input circuit (cushion
side) and ground.
Yes

No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from the
Heated Seat Module connector to the Driver Heated Seat Cushion connector.
Yes

No
Repair the open Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit.

207
All

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED)

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the
seat heat element output.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
HEATED SEAT MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATED GROUND CKT (2) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CONNECTOR TO SPLICE - CUSHION SIDE - OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (JUMPER) OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (2) OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Start the engine.
Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC
return?
All
Yes
Go To
No
208

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the total resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater System from the
Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuits in
the HSM C2 connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.
Is ANY voltage present on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit?
Yes
Go To
No

All
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit?
Yes
Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short
to voltage.
No
Go To
All
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 4-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2
connector.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster.

209
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2
connector.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit?
All
Yes
Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to

voltage between the HSM C2 connector and the Passenger
Heated Seat Back 2-way connector.
No
Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to

voltage between the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit to the
Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way
connector (harness side).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit and the
Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the open circuit in either the Passenger Seat Heater

Ground or the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver wiring between
the HSM C2 connector and the splice in the seat.
No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the
HSM C2 connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector
(harness side).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit.

210
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit (jumper).
All
10
11
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground (jumper) circuit.

10
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit.
Connect one lead to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Passenger
Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the other lead to the Passenger Seat Heater
Ground circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit between

the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.
All
11
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit between the
Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module C2 connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open.

211
All

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED)

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an
output shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
GROUND
HEATED SEAT MODULE
HEATED SEAT MODULE
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Start the engine.
Turn the passenger seat heater on and operate in both ranges.
Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return?
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All
Using the DRBIIIt, select: Body - Memory Seat Module - Erase DTCs.
Start the engine.
Turn the Passenger Seat Heater on and operate in both ranges.
Does the DRBIIIt still show Passenger Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
212
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the
Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector.
All
Yes
to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit.
No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground.
Yes
to ground.
No
Test Complete.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the
Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (black) connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the
Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground.
Yes
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion.

No
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Back.

213
All

Symptom:
PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT SENSOR SHORTED
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO 5 VOLTS
HEATED SEAT MODULE - SENSOR SHORTED
SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the
Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat
Cushion (cushion side) connector.
Is the resistance below 800 ohms at room temperature?
All
Yes
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion - sensor shorted..

No
Go To
Measure the voltage between the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit
and ground.
Yes
Repair the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a

short to battery.
No
Go To
214
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the voltage between the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit
and ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit?
All
Yes

short to voltage.
No
Go To
Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way (green) connector.
Yes
Repair the open Seat Sensor 5-Volt Supply circuit.

No

215
All

Symptom:
PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT OPEN
HEATED SEAT MODULE
SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT OPEN
HEATED SEAT MODULE-5 VOLTS OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and ground.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Heated
Seat Module connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion (harness side)
connector.
Yes

No

216
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the
Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat
Cushion (cushion side) connector.
Is the resistance above 70,000 (70K) ohms at room temperature?
All
Yes
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion.

No
Go To
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit to
ground.
Is the resistance below 1,000.0 ohms?
Yes

short to ground.
No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Seat Temp Sensor Input circuit and
ground.
Yes
Replace the Passenger Seat Cushion Cover

No
Go To
All
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from
the Heated Seat Module connector to the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector.
Yes

No
Repair the open Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit.

217
All

Symptom:
REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI

REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
With the ignition key in the run position.
Set Condition: The BCM attempts to activate the rear defogger relay and senses
excessive current on the circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Connect a test light between cavities 85 & 86 of the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the R Defog Relay and observe the test light.
Does the test light flash on and off when the relay is actuated?
All
Yes
Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay.

No
Go To

Disconnect and remove the Body Control Module.
Measure the voltage at cavities 85 & 86 of the Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 1.0 volts at BOTH cavities? (Note: there should only be voltage
on one cavity)
Yes

No

218
All

Symptom:
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With the ignition in the run position.
The rear defogger relay output of the BCM does not have battery voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
PDC FUSE #2 OPEN
FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL SHORT TO GROUND.
JUNCTION BLOCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the PDC fuse #2.
Is the PDC fuse #2 open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Fused B(+) circuits in the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
219
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Rear Window Defogger connector at the rear window Grid.
Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit at the Rear Window Defogger connector.
All
Yes
Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for a

short to ground.
No
Replace PDC fuse #2.


Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #2.
All

Connect a test light between cavities 85 & 86 of the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the R Defog Relay and observe the test light.
Yes
Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit to ground.
Yes

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit between
the relay connector and the J/B-BCM connector in the Junction Block.
Yes

No

220
All

Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER OPEN (LIMITED)
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Cushion
heats properly but the Seat Back does not heat.
Start the Engine.
Turn the Heated Seat Switch on.
Does the Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Back does not?
All
Yes
Check for an open circuit in the Seat Back. If okay, replace the
Heated Seat Back.
No
The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
221

Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER HEATED SEAT BOLSTER OPEN (LIMITED)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back and
Seat Cushion heats properly but the Seat Bolsters do not.
Start the Engine.
Does the Seat Back and Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Bolsters do not?
All
Yes
Check for an open circuit in the Seat. If okay, replace the Heated
Seat Cushion Cover.
No

broken wires.
222

Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN (LIMITED)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back heats
properly but the Seat Cushion does not heat.
Start the Engine.
Does the Seat Back warm up but the Seat Cushion does not?
All
Yes
Seat Cushion.
No

broken wires.
223

Symptom:
*PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK OPEN (LIMITED)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Cushion
heats properly but the Seat Back does not heat.
Start the Engine.
Does the Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Back does not?
All
Yes
Seat Back.
No

broken wires.
224

Symptom:
*PASSENGER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BOLSTER OPEN (LIMITED)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back and
Seat Cushion heats properly but the e Bolster does not.
Start the Engine.
Does the Seat Back and Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Bolster does not?
All
Yes
Seat Cushion Cover.
No

broken wires.
225

Symptom:
*PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN (LIMITED)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back heats
properly but the Seat Cushion does not heat.
Start the Engine.
Does the Seat Back warm up but the Seat Cushion does not?
All
Yes
Seat Cushion.
No

broken wires.
226

Symptom:
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR DEFOGGER RELAY DTCS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND CKT
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
REPLACE FAULTY FUSE
FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN AT RELAY
SUBSTITUTE RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Are there any Rear Defogger Relay DTCs present?
Yes
Refer to the symptom list for problems related to Rear Defogger

Relay DTCs.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Toggle the Rear Defogger switch and observe the indicator.

Does the indicator toggle on and off when the switch is pressed?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn the ignition and all lights off.

Open the liftgate.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Ground
circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Ground circuit.

227
All
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Turn the Rear Window Defogger on.
Measure the voltage between the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit at the
defogger grid on the rear window to ground.
All
Yes
Repair the open in the Rear Window Defogger Grid.

No
Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit.


With the DRBIIIt, read the R DEFOG SWITCH Input/Output display.
Toggle the Rear Window Defogger Switch on and off and observe the DRB.
Does the DRBIIIt show that the Rear Defog Switch is toggling on and off?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
12
Remove and inspect the PDC fuse #2.

Is the PDC fuse #2 open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All
All
Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay coil in cavities 85 and 86.
Is the resistance between 50.0 and 100.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay and replace PDC fuse
#2 if necessary.
All
Disconnect the Rear Window Defogger connector at the rear window grid.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit at the Rear Window Defogger connector.
Yes
Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for a

short to ground.
No
Replace the PDC fuse #2.

Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #2.
10
228
All
All

TEST
10
11
12
13
Continued
ACTION
Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector.
Check the Rear Window Defogger for proper operation.
Does the system operate properly now?
Yes
Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
11
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the R DEFOG RELAY.

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, back probe the Rear Window
Defogger Relay Output circuit in the Junction Block C1 connected.
Yes

broken wires.
No


Disconnect the BCM C2 connector.
Disconnect the Temperature Control C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit between
the BCM connector and the AZC connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit.

All
All
13

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Switch
Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
No
Go To
14
229
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14

Measure the voltage between the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit and
ground.
Is there any voltage present?
All
15
Yes
Repair the Rear Window Switch Sense circuit for a short to

voltage.
No
Go To
15
NOTE: Ensure the BCM is connected before proceeding.

Connect a jumper wire between the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit in
the Temperature Control connector to ground.
With the DRBIIIt, read the R DEFOG SWITCH status.
Does the DRBIIIt display R DEFOG SWITCH: CLOSED?
Yes
Replace the Automatic Zone Control Module.

No

230
All

Symptom:
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #11
FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN
TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD (AZC OR MANUAL)
TEST
1
ACTION
Inspect Junction Block fuse #11.
Is Junction Block fuse #11 open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Temperature Control Head C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Rear Window Defog Relay Output circuit to
ground (from the output side of fuse #11)
Yes
Repair the Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for
a short to ground.
No
Replace the Junction Block fuse #11.


Disconnect the Temperature Control Head C1 connector.
Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Ensure that Junction Block fuse #11 is installed.
Measure the resistance of the Fused rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit from
the relay output terminal to the Temperature Control Head C1 connector.
Yes
Replace the Temperature Control Head (AZC or manual).

No
Repair the open Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay Output

circuit.
231
All
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI

FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Ignition in run position.
The BCM detects excessive current on the fog lamp relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FOG LAMP RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL SH TO B(+)
BCM INTERNAL DEFECT FOG LAMP CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY
TEST
1
ACTION
Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp Relay.
Does the system now operate correctly?
Yes
Replace the Fog Lamp Relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.

Turn ignition off. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 at the Junction
Block to ground.
Was the voltage greater than 1.0 volt?
Yes

No

232
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
cavity.
With the ignition switch in the on position.
This DTC sets if no voltage is seen at the fog lamp relay control circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FOG LAMP RELAY COIL SHORTED
FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORT
FOG LAMP RELAY MISSING
OPEN B(+)
OPEN FUSED B+ TO FOG RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
FUSE #24
TEST
1
ACTION
Check Junction Block fuse #24.
Is fuse #24 open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog lamp relay coil terminals 85 and 86.
Is the resistance between 70 and 80 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No

233
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using an ohmmeter measure the fog lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 87
to ground.
All
Yes
Repair the relay output circuit for a short to ground and replace
the fuse if necessary.
No
Replace the fuse.

Looking at the Junction Block, see if the Fog Lamp Relay is present.
Is the relay present?
Yes
Go To
No
Install the missing relay.

All
For the results of this test to be valid voltage must be present at the Junction Block
C5 connector cavity #3.
Measure the voltage of the B(+) circuit to fuse #24.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure Fused B+ cavities for the Fog Lamp Relay in the Junction Block.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts at both cavities?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the junction block.

All
Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp Relay.

Yes

No
Go To
All

Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86
to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 2.
Was the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No

234
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the fog lamp relay from the Junction Block.

Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at
the Junction Block.
Was the resistance below 10 ohms?
All
10
Yes

No
Go To
10

Repair
235
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI

HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed.
Set Condition: This code is set if the BCM tries to activate the hazard lamps and
excessive current is sinked into the BCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMBO FLASHER INTERNAL SHORT TO B(+)
HAZARD SW SENSE CKT SHORTED TO B(+)
BCM HAZARD CKT SHT B(+)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the combination flasher from the junction block

With the DRB III erase BCM DTCs.
Operate either the panic feature on the RKE fob or trigger the vehicle theft alarm.
With the DRB re-read the BCM trouble codes.
Did the 9Hazard relay ckt shorted Hi9 trouble code reset?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the combination flasher.

Remove the Combination Flasher from the Junction Block.

Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the Hazard switch sense ckt cavity 9 to ground at the
combination flasher socket in the Junction Block.
Yes
Repair the hazard switch sense circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All

Repair
236
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
volts.
This DTC sets if the BCM detects voltage on the MUX circuit above 4.8
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP MUX VOLTS > 4.9
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX OPEN
HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN OPEN
BCM HEADLAMP MUX
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector.

Turn ignition on.
Connect a jumper wire between headlamp switch MUX and headlamp switch return
at the left multifunction switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Sensors, read the Headlamp sw volts.
Does the DRB display 9Headlamp switch9 0.0 volts?
All
No
Go To
Yes
Replace the left multi-function switch


Disconnect the Body Control Module C-1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the headlamp switch mux circuit from the BCM C1
connector to the left multi-function switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Headlamp Switch Mux circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Body Control Module-C1 connector.
Using an ohmmeter measure the Headlamp Switch Return circuit from BCM to left
multi-function.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open headlamp switch return circuit.

237
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Repair
238
APPLICABILITY
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND

HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
volts.
This DTC sets if the BCM detects voltage on the MUX circuit below 0.3
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX SHORTED
LEFT MULTI-FUNTION SWITCH SHORTED
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Does the DRB display 9Headlamp switch9 5.0 volts?
No
Go To
Yes
Replace the left multi-function switch.

APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C-1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the headlamp switch mux circuit to ground at the left
multi-function switch connector.
Yes
Repair the Headlamp Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module
239
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI

HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the High beam
relay and excessive current is sinked into the BCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HI BEAM RELAY
HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO B(+)
BCM HIGH BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY
TEST
1
ACTION
Install a known good relay in place of the High Beam relay.
Yes
Replace the High Beam relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove the High Beam relay from the Junction Block.

Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the High Beam Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at
the Junction Block.
Yes

No

240
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI

LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the lo beam relay
and excessive current is sinked into the BCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW BEAM RELAY
LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL SHORTED TO B(+)
BCM LOW BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY
TEST
1
ACTION
Install a known good relay in place of the Low Beam relay.
Yes
Replace the Low Beam relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove the Low Beam relay from the Junction Block.

Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the Low Beam Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at the
Junction Block.
Yes

No

241
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition detects if the lo beam relay has not been installed in the
vehicle by monitoring the BCM lo beam relay output for battery voltage applied.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW BEAM RELAY MISSING
LOW BEAM RELAY
OPEN FUSED B(+)
LOW BEAM RELAY CTL CKT OPEN
LOW BEAM RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM LOW BEAM CTL CKT SHT LO/OP
TEST
1
ACTION
Looking at the Junction Block, see if the relay is present.
Yes
Go To
No
Install the correct relay.

APPLICABILITY
All

Yes

No
Go To
All
For the results of this test to be valid, voltage must be present at the Junction Block
Measure the voltage of the fused B(+) circuits to Low Beam relay cavities #30 and
#85.
Yes
Go To
No

242
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86
All
Yes
Go To
No

Remove the Low Beam Relay from the junction block.
Measure the resistance of the Low Beam Relay Control circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
243
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI

PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the park relay and
excessive current is detected on the control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL SH TO B(+)
PARK LAMP RELAY
BCM PARK LAMP CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY
TEST
1
ACTION
Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp relay.
Yes
Replace the Park Lamp relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove the park lamp relay from the Junction Block.

Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the Park Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at
the Junction Block.
Yes

No

244
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The DTC is is set if the BCM detects excessive current on the park lamp
relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT
PARK LAMP RELAY MISSING
PARK LAMP RELAY
OPEN B(+)
OPEN FUSED B(+) TO PARK RLY
PARK LAMP RELAY CTL CKT OPEN
BCM PARKLAMP CTL CKT SHT LO/OPEN
FUSE #6
TEST
1
ACTION
Check J/B fuse #6.
Is fuse #6 open?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Using an ohmmeter measure the park lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 30
to ground.
Yes
fuse if necessary.
No
Replace the fuse.

Looking at the Junction Block, see if the Park Lamp Relay is present.
Yes
Go To
No
Install the missing relay.

245
All
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp relay.
Yes
Replace the parklamp relay.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No

All
Remove the Park Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.

Measure cavities 85 and 87 (fused B(+)) for the Park Lamp Relay at the Junction
Block.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the junction block.

All
Remove the Park Lamp relay from the Junction Block.

Using an ohmmeter measure the Park Lamp Relay control circuit from relay cavity
86 to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 1.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
246
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
circuit.
Ignition switch in the On position and the IOD fuse installed.
This DTC sets if the BCM does not detect any voltage on the control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
INSPECT FUSE #27
JUNCTION BLOCK - FUSED B+ CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY SHORTED
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe cavity 85 of the Rear Fog Lamp
Relay connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, probe cavity 86 of the Rear Fog
Lamp Relay connector.
With the DRB enter Body, Body Computer, then Actuator Tests.
While monitoring the test light, actuate the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.
Does the test light flash on and off as the relay is actuated?
Yes
Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.

No
Go To
247
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and cavity 86 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay
connector.
All
Yes

No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit between the Rear
Fog Lamp Relay connector cavity 86 and the Junction Block BCM connector cavity
13.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
6
Inspect fuse #27 in the Junction Block.

Is the fuse open?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Check the B+ feed circuit from the PDC fuse for an open or short.
If ok, replace the Junction Block.
connector.
Yes

No
Go To
All

connector.
Yes

No
Go To
248
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Replace Fuse #27 in the Junction Block with a good fuse.
Connect a jumper wire between cavity 30 and cavity 87 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay
connector.
Inspect fuse #27 in the Junction Block.
Is the fuse open?
All
Yes
Check the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for a short to
ground. If ok, replace the Junction Block.
No

249
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI

REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Ignition switch in the On position and the IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the rear fog lamp
relay and excessive current is detected on the control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Measure the voltage of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit (cavity 86) in the
Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Measure the voltage of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit (cavity 86) in the
Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector.
Yes

No

250
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*FLASH TO PASS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL OPEN
LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TO LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The High Beam Headlamps must be operational for the results of this test to be valid.
Disconnect the Left Multi-Function switch harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the High Beam Relay control circuit in the Left Multi-function
switch connector.
All
Yes

No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Junction Block C-3 harness connector.
Using an ohmmeter measure the High Beam Relay control circuit from the left
multi-function switch connector to the Junction Block C-3 connector.
Yes

No
Repair the open high beam relay control circuit.

251
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE SHORTED
FOG LAMP RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORT TO BATTERY
JUNCTION BLOCK
BCM FOG LAMP SENSE SHORTED
FOG LAMP SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB III under Body Input/Outputs, read the Fog lamp switch state while
turning the Fog lamp switch on and off.
Did the fog lamp switch state change?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp relay.

Yes
Replace the fog lamp relay.

No
Go To
All
Disconnect the Junction Block C-2 harness connector.

Did the fog lamps turn off?
Yes

No
Repair the relay output circuit for a short to battery.


With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the Fog Lamp switch state while
connecting a jumper from the Fog lamp switch sense to the Headlamp switch return
at the left multifunction
Yes
Replace the Left Multi-function switch.

No
Go To
252
All
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector if not already disconnected.

Disconnect the BCM C2 connector
Measure the fog lamp switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function switch
connector.
All
Yes
Repair the Fog lamp switch sense for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Repair
253
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE SHORTED
OPEN B(+)
FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN
FOG LAMP RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY CTL CKT OPEN
FOG LAMP RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
BCM FOG LAMP SENSE SHORTED
FOG LAMP SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED
FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
FUSE #24
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the Fog lamp switch state while
turning the Fog lamp switch on and off.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11
Check Junction Block fuse #24.

Is fuse #24 open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All

to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the fuse.

254
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

to ground.
All
Yes

No
Repair the relay output wire for a short to ground and replace the
fuse if necessary.
C5 connector cavity 3.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp relay.

Yes
Replace the Fog Lamp relay.

No
Go To
All
Remove the Fog Lamp relay from the Junction Block.

Disconnect a Fog Lamp bulb connector.
Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 87
to the fog lamp bulb connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fog lamp relay output circuit.

All

Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86
Yes
Go To
No

All

Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at
the Junction Block.
Was the resistance below 10 ohms?
Yes

No
Go To
10
255
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
10
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
11
12
13

With the DRBIIIt under Body Input Outputs read the Fog Lamp switch state while
connecting a jumper from the Fog Lamp Switch Sense to the Headlamp switch return
at the left multi-function switch connector.
Yes
Replace the Left Multi-function switch.

No
Go To
All
12

Measure the Fog Lamp switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function
switch connector.
Yes
Repair the Fog lamp switch sense for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
13

Repair
256
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK HIGH BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH FLASH TO PASS CIRCUIT
LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH HIGH BEAM SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED B+
HIGH BEAM RELAY
HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE SHORTED
BCM DEF HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE SHORTED
BCM HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL SHORTED
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt under Body Input Outputs, read the High beam switch state while
turning the High Beam switch on and off.
Did the high beam switch state change?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes

No
Go To
All
Remove the High beam relay from the junction block.

Are the High beam lamps still on?
Yes
Repair the High beam relay output for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Remove the High Beam Relay from the Junction Block.
Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit to ground at the relay
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

257
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit between the relay
All
Yes
Go To
No


Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit between the relay
Yes

No
Repair the High Beam Relay Control wire for a short to ground.

Did the High Beam Lamps turn off?
Yes

No
Go To
All
All

Measure the high beam switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function
switch connector.
Yes
Repair the high beam switch sense for a short to ground.

No

258
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN
OPEN FUSED B(+)
HIIGH BEAM RELAY
FUSES
HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE OPEN
HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM HIGH BEAM CONTROL CIRCUIT
BCM HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE OPEN
JUMPER HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the High beam switch state while
turning the high beam switch on and off.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Check Junction Block fuses #3 and #16.

Are the fuses open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All
Using an ohmmeter measure the fused high Beam relay output circuit from the #3
fuse and then the #16 fuse to ground.
Yes
Repair the fused high beam relay output for a short to ground and
replace the fuse if necessary.
No
Replace the fuse(s).


Yes

No
Go To
259
All
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
For the results of this test to be valid, voltage must present at the Junction Block C5
connector cavity #1.
Measure the voltage of the fused B(+) circuits to High Beam relay cavities #30 and
#85.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Using an ohmmeter measure the High Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87
to the right high beam fuse #16 and then the left high beam fuse #3 in the Junction
Block.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms from cavity 87 to both high beam fuses?
Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the High Beam Relay control circuit from relay cavity to the Junction Block
Body Control Module connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
9
10
Disconnect the Left-Multifunction switch.

With the DRBIIIt under Body Input Outputs read the High beam switch state while
jumping the high beam switch sense to ground.
Yes
Replace the Left-Multifunction switch.

No
Go To
All
10

Measure the High beam switch sense circuit from the left multi-function switch
connector to the BCM C2 connector.
Yes

No
Repair the open High beam switch sense circuit.

260
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW BEAM RELAY
LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHT B(+)
LOW BEAM RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION
BCM LOW BEAM LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt under Body sensors read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS.
Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values
shown. Headlamp switch OFF 4.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3.2 VOLTS Headlamps
ON 2.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0.6 VOLTS
Do the values on the the DRB match.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the left multifunction switch.


Yes

No
Go To
All
Remove the low beam relay from the Junction Block.

Did the lamps turn off?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the low beam relay output circuit for a short to battery
All
Reinstall the Low Beam Relay if previously removed.

Did the low beam headlamps turn off?
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
261
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW BEAM RELAY
LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN
FUSE
LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED
BCM HEADLAMP MUX INOP
TEST
1
ACTION
Check Junction Block fuses #14 and #15.
Is one or both fuses open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove both of the Low Beam relay fuses #14 and #15.
Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87
to ground.
Yes
the fuse if necessary.
No
Replace the fuse.

With the DRB III under Body sensors, read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All

Yes

No
Go To
262
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Ensure fuses #14 and #15 are installed in the Junction Block.
Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87
to either the right or left front lighting module connectors.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Repair
263
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK LAMP RELAY
PARK LAMP OUTPUT SHT B(+)
PARK LAMP RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM PARK LAMP CONTROL CKT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No

Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay.

Yes

No
Go To
All
Remove the Park Lamp relay from the Junction Block.

Did the lamps turn off?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the park lamp relay output circuit for a short to battery
All
Install the park lamp relay if removed in previous test.

Turn ignition on.
Did the park lamps turn off?
Yes

No

264
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BCM FOR DTCS
PARK LAMP RELAY
PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN
BCM HEADLAMP MUX INOP
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt check the BCM for any DTCs.
Are any DTCs set?
Yes
Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
shown. Headlamp switch 9OFF9 4.4 VOLTS Parking lamps 9ON9 3.2 VOLTS Headlamps 9ON9 2.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps 9ON9 0.6 VOLTS
Yes
Go To
No

All
Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay.

Yes

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the appropriate lighting module connector.
Using an ohmmeter measure the park lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 30
to the appropriate lighting module connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open park lamp relay output circuit.

All

Repair
265
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BCM FOR DTCS
CHECK THE LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH OPERATION
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY
BODY CONTROL MODULE
JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt check the BCM for any DTCs.
Are any DTCs set?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn the Left Multi-Function Switch to the off position.

With the DRBIIIt enter Body Computer sensors and monitor the Headlamp SW
voltage.
Does the DRB display voltage at approximately 0.6 volts?
Yes
Replace the Left Multi-Function Switch.

No
Go To
All
Install a substitute relay in place of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.

Note: Ensure the Left Multi-Function Switch is in the off position.
Did the Rear Fog Lamps turn off?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Did the rear fog lamps turn off?
All
Yes

No
Go To
266
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
Did the rear fog lamps turn off?
Yes

No
Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for a short to
voltage.
267
APPLICABILITY
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BCM FOR DTCS
CHECK THE LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH OPERATION
JUNCTION BLOCK - FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB check the BCM for any DTCs.
Are any DTCs set?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes

No
Go To
Turn the Left Multi-Function Switch to the rear fog lamp position.
With the DRB enter Body, Body Computer, then sensors and monitor the Headlamp
Sw voltage.
Does the DRB display voltage at approximately 0.6 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Left Multi-Function Switch.

All
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Fog Lamp
Relay connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Install a substitute relay in place of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.

Turn the Rear Fog Lamps on.
Did the Rear Fog Lamps turn on?
Yes

No
Go To
268
All
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the Rear Fog Lamps on.

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, backprobe the Rear Fog Lamp Relay
Output circuit at the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 5.
All
Yes
Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for an open.
No
Go To

Connect a jumper wire between ground and the J/B BCM connector cavity 13
(Junction Block side).
Do the Rear Fog Lamps turn on when the jumper wire is connected?
Yes

No

269
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (ACTIVE)

AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Every 8 seconds with the ignition on.
Set Condition: When an outside air temperature signal is expected is not received in the
maximum allowed time.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC - AMBIENT AIR TEMP SENSOR
AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: Ensure the DRB is capable of communicating with the BCM before
continuing.
With the DRB, enter Body, Automatic Temp Control, Monitor Display then PCI Bus
Info and observe the outside air temp display.
Is the correct Outside Air Temp displayed?
All
Yes
Replace the AZC Module.

With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.
No
Refer to the Overhead Console category and perform the symptom

related to the ambient air temperature sensor.
270
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (STORED)

AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: When an outside air temperature signal is expected is not received in the
maximum allowed time.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT
STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.

Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question.
With the DRB, erase any stored DTCs.
Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.
Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low.
Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot
then back to cold.
Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions.
Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions.
Manually press the recirculation mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off.
Manually press the A/C mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off.
With the DRB, perform the AZC self test.
With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors.
Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor.
Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off.
WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep
clear of the engines moving parts
Did any AZC code become active during this test?
All
Yes
Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code.

No

271
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE)

BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the blower switch value and it is
above 250 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH FAILED OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced.
View repair
Repair
272
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (STORED)

BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (STORED)
When Monitored:
above 250 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

273
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE)

BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
below 5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH FAILED SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
Repair
274
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED)

BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED)
When Monitored:
below 5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

275
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE)

CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
value.
Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect.
This condition is set if the calibrated check sum does not match the stored
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC - CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
Repair
276
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED)

CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
value.
Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect.
This condition is set if the calibrated check sum does not match the stored
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

277
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (ACTIVE)

COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the country code message
within 8 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COUNTRY CODE FAILURE
PROGRAM COUNTRY CODE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRB, enter Body, Body Computer then Module Display and observe the
country code.
Compare the country code to the VIN.
Does the country code match the VIN?
All
Yes

No
Program the correct country code into the BCM and retest
vehicle.
278
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (STORED)

COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the country code message
within 8 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

279
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (ACTIVE)

DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC cannot read the I/R sensor values and or
the I/R sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC - DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
Repair
280
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (STORED)

DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC cannot read the I/R sensor values and or
the I/R sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

281
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5
seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
AZC MODULE DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING
DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes
Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To
282
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC
Module C1 connector and the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.
All

Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC
Module C2 connector and the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.
All

Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Yes

No
Go To
283
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
7
Continued
ACTION
Repair
Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor.
284
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

285
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during
system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS
CHECK BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
AZC MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, read the active AZC DTCs.
Is the Driver Blend Door Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom
Driver Blend Door Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle.
By hand, attempt to rotate the driver blend door motor in both directions.
Did the blend door motor turn in either direction?
Yes
Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Go To
286
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the blend door (door
only), this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
All
Yes
Repair or replace the blend door/linkage as necessary.

No

287
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

288
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO DRIVER BLEND DOOR
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Driver Blend Door Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Driver Blend Door Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness
connector.
While monitoring the test light, turn the driver blend control knob from lo to hi.
Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds.
Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing?
Yes
Go To
No

289
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the blend door (door
only), this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions?
All
Yes
Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Repair or replace the blend door as necessary.

290
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)

DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

291
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE)

ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine coolant
response message within 8 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE PCM FOR ANY DTCS
OBSERVE THE ECT DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB check the PCM for any DTCs.
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information.

No
Go To

With the DRB, enter Body, Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC), Monitor Display then PCI
Bus Engine Info and monitor the engine coolant temperature display.
Does the DRB display approximately the correct engine coolant temperature?
Yes
Go To
No
All
With the DRB, erase the AZC DTCs.

Turn the ignition on, wait 1 minute, then check for any AZC DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
292
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED)

ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine coolant
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

293
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
ENGINE RPM FAILURE (ACTIVE)

ENGINE RPM FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine RPM response
message within 8 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OBSERVE THE RPM DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes

No
Go To

Bus Engine Info and monitor the engine RPM display.
Start the engine.
Does the DRB display approximately the correct engine RPM?
Yes
Go To
No
All

Start the engine, wait 1 minute, then check for any AZC DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
294
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
ENGINE RPM FAILURE (STORED)

ENGINE RPM FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine RPM response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

295
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE)

IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the intake air temperature
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes

No
Go To

Turn the ignition on, wait 1 minute, then check for any AZC DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
296
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED)

IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the intake air temperature
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

297
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR MOTOR
CHECK MODE DOOR LINKAGE
AZC MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Mode Motor Not Responding DTC set?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Mode Motor Not Responding.
No
Go To

Remove the Mode Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle.
By hand, attempt to rotate the mode door motor in both directions.
Did the mode door motor turn in either direction?
Yes
Replace the Mode Door Motor.

No
Go To
298
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Mode Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the mode doors (doors only),
these should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
All
Yes
Repair or replace the mode door/linkage as necessary.

No

299
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

300
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO MODE DOOR
OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR
MODE DOOR MOTOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Mode Motor Not Responding DTC set?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Mode Motor Not Responding.
No
Go To

Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector.
Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector.
While monitoring the test light, turn the mode control knob in each position.
Yes
Go To
No

301
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Mode Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the mode doors (doors only),
these should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Do the mode doors move smoothly in both directions?
All
Yes

No
Repair or replace the mode door as necessary.

302
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)

MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

303
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
AZC MODULE MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
MODE DOOR MOTOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
304
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door
Driver (A) circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the Mode
Door Driver (A) circuit.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC Module
C1 connector and the Mode Door Motor/Actuator connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC Module
C1 connector and the Mode Door Motor/Actuator connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door
Driver (A) circuit.
Yes

No
Go To
305
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
7
Continued
ACTION
Repair
306
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

307
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE)

MODE SELECT SW OPEN (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the mode select switch value and it
is above 250 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE SELECT SWITCH FAILED OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
Repair
308
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE SELECT SW OPEN (STORED)

MODE SELECT SW OPEN (STORED)
When Monitored:
is above 250 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

309
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE)

MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
is below 5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE SELECT SWITCH FAILED SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
View repair
Repair
310
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED)

MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (STORED)
When Monitored:
is below 5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

311
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC MODULE PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B)
circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A)
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To
312
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit between the
AZC Module C2 connector and the in-line C202 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.
All

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit between the
AZC Module C2 connector and the in-line C202 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.
All

Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes

No
Go To
313
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Before replacing the passenger blend door motor, inspect the wiring
harness between the in-line C202 connector and the blend door motor for
any opens or shorts. Repair as necessary.
All
Repair
Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor.
314
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

315
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
AZC MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Pass Blend Door Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Pass Blend Door Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle.
By hand, attempt to rotate the passenger blend door motor in both directions.
Did the blend door motor turn in either direction?
Yes
Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Go To
316
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the blend door
(door only), this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
All
Yes
Repair or replace the blend door/linkage as necessary.

No

317
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

318
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO PASSENGER BLEND DOOR
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Pass Blend Door Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Pass Blend Door Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the passenger blend door driver (A) circuit and
the passenger blend door driver (B) circuit at the C202 harness connector (AZC
harness side).
While monitoring the test light, turn the passenger blend control knob from lo to hi.
Yes
Go To
No

319
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the blend door
Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions?
All
Yes
Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Repair or replace the blend door as necessary.

320
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)

PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

321
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR
CHECK RECIRCULATION DOOR LINKAGE
AZC MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Recirc Motor Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Recirc Motor Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle.
By hand, attempt to rotate the recirculation door motor in both directions.
Did the recirculation door motor turn in either direction?
Yes
Replace the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Go To
All
Remove the Recirculation Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the recirculation door
Inspect the recirculation door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Yes
Repair or replace the recirculation door/linkage as necessary.

No

322
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

323
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO RECIRCULATION DOOR
OBSTRUCTED RECIRC DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Recirc Motor Not Responding DTC set?
Yes
Recirc Motor Not Responding.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the recirculation door driver (A) circuit and the
recirculation door driver (B) circuit at the C202 harness connector (AZC harness
side).
While monitoring the test light, press the recirculation control button from off to on.
Yes
Go To
No

324
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Recirculation Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the recirculation door
Does the recirculation door move smoothly in both directions?
All
Yes
Replace the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator.

No
Repair or replace the recirculation door as necessary.

325
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)

RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

326
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC MODULE RECIRCULATION MOTOR NOT RESPONDING
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (B)
circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (A)
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
327
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit.
All
Yes
Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC
Module C1 connector and the in-line C202 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC
Module C1 connector and the in-line C202 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit and the
Yes

No
Go To
328
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Before replacing the recirculation door motor, inspect the wiring
harness between the in-line C202 connector and the recirculation door
motor for any opens or shorts. Repair as necessary.
All
Repair
Replace the Recirculation Door Motor.
329
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
When Monitored:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

330
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (ACTIVE)

VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle speed response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OBSERVE THE VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes

No
Go To
Raise the drive wheels off the ground.

Warning: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels.
Bus Engine Info and monitor the vehicle speed display.
Start the engine and place the transmission in any forward gear.
Does the DRB display vehicle speed above zero?
Yes
Go To
No
All

Test drive vehicle, then check for any AZC DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
331
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (STORED)

VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle speed response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

332
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (ACTIVE)

VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle VIN response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE VIN FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRB, enter Engine then Module Display.
Compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM with the VIN plate on the
vehicle.
Do the VIN(s) match?
All
Yes

No
333
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (STORED)

VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle VIN response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

334
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VF DIMMING FAILURE (ACTIVE)

VF DIMMING FAILURE (ACTIVE)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the VF dimming response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZC - VF DIMMING FAILURE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB, read the BCM codes. These BCM DTCS must NOT be present before
continuing, for THIS test to be valid: Head Lamp SW Open CKT, Headlamp Sw Short
to Ground, DIM SW Open CKT, DIM SW Short to Ground.
With the DRB, enter Automatic Temp Control, Monitor Display then PCI Bus Info
and look for the VF DIM Msg Present.
Does the DRB display: VF DIM Msg present: Yes?
All
Yes

No

335
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
VF DIMMING FAILURE (STORED)

VF DIMMING FAILURE (STORED)
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the VF dimming response
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

then back to cold.
All
Yes

No

336
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*A/C SWITCH SIGNAL NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE A/C SELECT SWITCH OPERATION
TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SIGNAL INTERNALLY SHORTED
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SIGNAL INTERNALLY SHORTED
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
OPEN A/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE - OPEN A/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SIGNAL CKT OPEN INTERNALLY
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: This test covers both manual and automatic temperature control
systems.
With the DRB, enter Body, Body Computer then Input/Output and monitor the A/C
Select Switch state.
Press the A/C select switch on and off several times.
Did the A/C Select Switch change from Yes to No as the A/C select switch is turned
on and off?
All
Yes
Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information or the Heating

and A/C category for checking the operation of the A/C system.
No
Go To

Press the A/C select switch on and off several times.
Does the A/C Select Switch indicate Yes at all times?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Temperature Control Module harness connectors.
Does the DRB display: A/C Select Switch: No?
Yes
Replace the Temperature Control Module.

No
Go To
NOTE: With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed

(AZC Only).
337
All
All
HEATING & A/C

*A/C SWITCH SIGNAL NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance between ground and the A/C Switch Signal circuit.
Yes
Repair the A/C Switch Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Repair
6

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe the A/C Switch Signal circuit.
Yes
Repair the A/C Switch Signal circuit for a short to voltage. If ok,
replace the BCM.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the A/C Switch Signal circuit between the Temperature
Control Module connector and the BCM C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the A/C Switch Signal circuit for an open.

All

Connect a jumper wire between the A/C Switch Signal circuit and ground.
Does the DRB display: A/C Select Switch: Yes?
Yes
Replace the Temperature Control Module.

No
Go To
All

(AZC Only).
9

Repair
338
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER CIRCUIT
AZC MODULE, FAN STUCK ON ONE SPEED ONLY
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Control circuit.
Yes
Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor Control circuit and the Blower
Motor High Driver circuit.
Yes
Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to the Blower
Motor High Driver circuit.
No
Go To
All
Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previous disconnected components.

Use the DRB oscilloscope, select Lab Scope and set the following lab scope parameters. Set voltage range to +10.0v. Set probe to X10. Set time to 20ms/Div.
Using the oscilloscope lead, backprobe the Blower Motor Control circuit at the Blower
Motor Controller harness connector.
Set the blower switch to LO then slowly move to HI while observing the DRB display.
The Scope patten should appear similar to what is provided in the reference material
(Section 8.0). The voltage should cycle from approximately 0.5 volts, up to 5.0 volts in
the low speed fan position.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
LO to HI. The pattern should completely flatline when the blower speed reaches the
HI setting.
Does the DRB display a duty cycle pattern that changes from approximately 0.5 to
5.0 volts in LO?
Yes
Go To
No

NOTE: With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.
339
All
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY
TEST
4
ACTION
Repair
Replace the Blower Motor Controller.
340
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PDC FUSE #1 OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN (BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER AND
PDC)
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
AZC MODULE, FAN INOPERATIVE
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER INOPERATIVE
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the Power Distribution Fuse #1.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Replace the Fuse with the correct rated amperage fuse, and look
for a possible short. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Blower Motor Supply circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for an open (between the
blower motor controller and the PDC).
All

Yes
Go To
No

341
All
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC ONLY)
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the AZC Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Control circuit between the Blower
Motor Controller connector and the AZC module C2 connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for an open.

With the ignition off, disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Using a good source of battery power and ground, jumper this source to the Blower
Motor itself (B+ to pin 1 and ground to pin 2, Blower Motor side).
Does the Blower Motor turn on?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Blower Motor.

All
Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previous disconnected components.

Use the DRB oscilloscope, select Lab Scope and set the following lab scope parameters. Set voltage range to +10.0v. Set probe to X10. Set time to 20ms/Div.
Using the oscilloscope lead, backprobe the Blower Motor Control circuit at the Blower
Motor Controller harness connector.
Set the blower switch to LO then slowly move to HI while observing the DRB display.
The Scope patten should appear similar to what is provided in the reference material
(Section 8.0). The voltage should cycle from approximately 0.5 volts, up to 5.0 volts in
the low speed fan position.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
LO to HI. The pattern should completely flatline when the blower speed reaches the
HI setting.
Does the DRB display a duty cycle pattern that changes from approximately 0.5 to
5.0 volts in LO?
Yes
Go To
No

All

7
Note: Before replacement of the blower motor controller, check the circuits
from the blower motor controller to the blower motor for an open or short,
Repair
Replace the Blower Motor Controller.
342
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT

ABS LAMP CKT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
10 seconds after ignition on.
Short circuit in ABS lamp driver circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT
TEST
1
ACTION
This is an internal cluster failure.
Repair
343
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
ABS LAMP OPEN

ABS LAMP OPEN
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Open in ABS indicator bulb.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ABS LAMP OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Check the ABS bulb, and replace if necessary.
Turn ignition on and observe the ABS indicator.
Did the ABS indicator light?
Yes
Test complete.
No

344
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC

ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Monitored during ignition on.
No ABS messages received for 6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO ABS MESSAGES
STORED CODE/COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on.

Connect the DRBIII.
Select ABS Module.
Is there a response from the ABS Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM CAB CONTROLLER

in the COMMUNICATION category.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster.

Now be sure that there is still communication with the ABS module, if not repair as
necessary.
With the DRB check, for the same DTC to reappear.
Did the same DTC become present again?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
If any problems are found to be present, Repair as necessary.
No

Yes
345
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC

ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
No ACM messages received for 6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM RESPONSE
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on.

Connect the DRBIII.
Select ACM Module.
Is there a response from the ACM Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM ACM in the COMMUNICATION category.


Now be sure that there is still communication with the ACM module, if not repair as
necessary.
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
No

Yes
346
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
AIRBAG LAMP DRIVER FAILURE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Mounties airbag lamp driver circuit for a short circuit condition.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
1
ACTION
Repair
347
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN

AIRBAG LAMP OPEN
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
10 seconds after ignition on
Open in airbag indicator bulb.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Access back of MIC.
Check and replace the airbag bulb, if necessary
Turn ignition on and observe the airbag indicator.
Did the airbag indicator light?
Yes
Clear DTC and verify proper operation.

No

348
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC

BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
No BCM messages received for 6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO BCM MESSAGES
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Connect the DRBIII.
Select the Body Control Module.
Is there a response from the Body Control Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM BCM in the

COMMUNICATION category
APPLICABILITY
All

Now be sure that there is still communication with the Body Control module, if not
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
No

Yes
349
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
BRAKE LAMP CKT SHORT

BRAKE LAMP CKT SHORT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Ignition on. (can not monitor with emergency brake engaged)
Short circuit in the brake indicator driver circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BRAKE LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT
TEST
1
ACTION
Repair
350
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
BRAKE LAMP OPEN

BRAKE LAMP OPEN
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Ignition on. (can not monitor while the emergency brake is engaged)
Open in brake indicator bulb.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BRAKE LAMP OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Access back of MIC.
Check and replace the Brake lamp bulb if necessary.
Reconnect the Instrument Cluster.
Turn ignition on and observe the brake indicator.
Did the brake indicator light?
Yes
Repair complete.
No

351
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CKT OPEN (DIESEL)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector.

Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
With the DRB enter Body, Body Computer then Sensors.
Connect a jumper wire between the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit and the
Ground circuit.
With the DRB observe the Coolant Level Sw voltage.
Does the DRB display voltage at 0.0 volt?
All
Yes
Replace the Coolant Level Sensor.

No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit between the
Coolant Level Sensor connector and the BCM C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for an open.

All

Repair
352
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
EATX MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EATX RESPONSE
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Connect the DRBIII.
Select Transmission Module.
Is there a response from the Transmission Control Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION

CONTROL MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category
APPLICABILITY
All

Now be sure that there is still communication with the Transmission Control module,
if not repair as necessary.
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
No

Yes

353
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
JTEC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC

JTEC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
No JTEC messages received for 6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO JTEC MESSAGES
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Connect the DRBIII.
Select Body Controller and system test.
Does the DRB display PCM active on the bus?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM(PCI BUS) in the

COMMUNICATION category.
APPLICABILITY
All
No

Yes
354
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC

SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
No SKIM messages received for 6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SKIM RESPONSE
REPAIR PROBLEM
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on.

Connect the DRBIII.
Select THEFT ALARM, then, SKIM.
Is there a response from the SKIM Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM SKIM in the

COMMUNICATIONS category.

Now be sure that there is still communication with the SKIM module, if not repair as
necessary.
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
No

Yes
355
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*AIRBAG INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG INDICATOR BULB AND SOCKET
AIRBAG OR MIC DTCS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. This will start the Airbag bulb
self test.
Did the 9Airbag9 indicator light?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Using the DRB read instrument cluster and Airbag DTCs.

Are there any Airbag or Instrument Cluster DTCs present?
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to Airbag or Instrument Cluster.

No
Test Complete.
Remove and inspect the Airbag bulb and socket.

Is there a problem with the bulb or socket?
Yes
Repair or replace Airbag bulb or socket as needed.

No
Replace bad Instrument Cluster circuit board.

356
All
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*ALL GAUGES NOT OPERATING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION RUN START CIRCUT OPEN
NO VOLTAGE AT THE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
FUSED B(+) CKT SHORT TO GND.
REPLACEMENT OF FUSE #17
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus Communication with the Cluster, PCM and
the BCM before proceeding.
Remove and inspect J/B fuse #17.
Is the fuse open?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Replace the open fuse
Did the new fuse blow after installation and turning the ignition on?
Yes
Go To
No
Test complete.
All

Be sure a correct fuse is installed in the circuit being tested.
Note: There must be at least 10 volts present at both sides of the fuse; repair
or replace as necessary before continuing.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fused ign. run/start circuit from fuse #22.
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector.
Close all doors.
Measure the resistance of both ground circuits.
Was the resistance in either ground circuit above 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Repair the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit for an open.

No
Go To
5
357
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
*ALL GAUGES NOT OPERATING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
Ensure Fuse #17 is installed before proceeding.
Turn ignition on.
All
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from fuse #17.

Yes
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Remove Junction Block Fuse #17
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused B(+) circuit
What resistance did you measure?
100 ohms or less.
Repair fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground and replace blown
fuse.
Greater than 100 ohms
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Instrument
Cluster circuit board.
358
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*BRAKE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK BRAKE SWITCH - OPEN
PARK BRAKE WARNING SWITCH - SHORTED
PARK BRAKE WARNING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PARK BRAKE, RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PARK BRAKE, RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BRAKE LAMP OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure the brake fluid level is not low before proceeding.

With the DRBIIIt, in CHASSIS, read DTCs. If the code BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SWITCH CIRCUIT is present, refer to to CHASSIS Diagnostic information (category
or manual)for the repair.
Ensure the Parking Brake is released before proceeding, and eliminate any causes
for the Parking Brake Switch to be actuated on.
With the DRBIIIt in BODY, read DTCs. Be sure codes: BRAKE LAMP OPEN,
BRAKE LAMP CKT SHORT; are not present before proceeding.
Turn the ignition from the off to the run position while observing the 9Brake9
indicator. This will start the MIC bulb check.
What did you observe?
All
Indicator never came on (w/no ABS lamp).

Go To 2
Indicator never went off.(w/no ABS lamp)
Go To 3
Indicator lit for 4 seconds and went out
Go To 6
2
Turn ignition off.

Access back of MIC.
Be sure code: BRAKE LAMP OPEN; is not present before continuing.
Check and replace the Brake lamp bulb, if necessary.
Reconnect the Instrument Cluster.
Turn ignition on and observe the Brake Indicator.
Did the Brake Indicator light?
Yes
Repair complete.
No

359
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure the Parking Brake is released before proceeding, and eliminate any possible
causes for the Parking Brake Switch to be actuated on.
Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.
Check the Park Brake Switch, for an shorted (stuck on) condition
Is the Park Brake Switch shorted ?
All
Yes
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Park Brake

Warning Switch.
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Remove the Instrument Cluster.
Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Lamp Driver circuit in the
Instrument Cluster connector, or the Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch connector to
ground.
Yes
Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
If there are no possible causes remaining, view 9Repair9.
All
Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
6

Remove the Parking Brake Switch , if necessary then actuate the switch.
With the switch actuated on (closed), check the Park Brake Switch for an open
condition.
Is the Park Brake Switch still open, when actuated on?
Yes
Replace the Brake Warning Indicator Switch.

No
Go To
All

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

360
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TEST
8
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the Park Brake switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator driver circuit.
NO
Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for an
open.
YES
Test Complete.
361
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*CHECK ENGINE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DEFECTIVE BULB OR SOCKET
DEFECTIVE MIC PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ENGINE TROUBLE CODES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. This will start the MIL bulb
check.
Did the 9Check Engine9 indicator light for approximately 4 seconds then go out?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Using the DRB read ENGINE DTCs.

Are there any PCM DTCs present?
All
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVABILITY.

No
Test Complete.
Remove and inspect the, Check Engine, bulb and socket.

Yes
.Replace the defective bulb or socket as needed in accordance with

the Service Information.
No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster circuit board in accordance with
362
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*CHECK GAUGES INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DEFECTIVE MIC - PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Be sure there are no problems with the following; before continuing: engine
temperature, oil pressure, or battery voltage.
All
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY.

No
Go To
Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. This will start the MIL bulb
check.
Did the 9Check Engine9 indicator light for approximately 4 seconds then go out?
No
Go To
Yes
Test Complete.
All
Remove and inspect the Check Engine bulb and socket.

Yes
Replace the defective bulb or socket as needed.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the instrument cluster circuit board.
363
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*CLUSTER ILLUMINATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
BULBS AND SOCKETS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure there is communication with the (Instrument Cluster( and the
(BCM( before proceeding.
With the DRBIIIt, read 9BCM9 DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any dimming or panel lamp DTCs?
All
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to the Interior Lighting category.
No
Go To

Remove the Instrument Cluster.
Remove and test the cluster illumination bulbs and sockets.
Are the bulbs and sockets okay?
Yes

Cluster Printed Circuit Board.
No
Replace the bulbs and sockets as necessary.

364
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*CRUISE ON INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CRUISE INDICATOR ON AT ALL TIMES
MIC SELF TEST
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure there is communication with the 9Instrument Cluster9, 9PCM9 and the 9ABS9
modules before proceeding.
While holding the 9trip/reset9 button, turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run
position. This will start the MIC self test.
Note: The Cruise indicator in the PRNDL should flash on for approximately
5 seconds during the self test.
Did the Cruise indicator come on for approximately 3 to 6 seconds?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Instrument Cluster Circuit Board in accordance with

Does the Cruise indicator stay on when the cruise control is off?
Yes
Replace the Printed Circuit Board in accordance with the Service

Information.
No
Go To
All

With the DRB, read engine DTCs.
All
Yes
Refer to the Driveability category for the related symptom(s)

involving the speed control system.
No
Test Complete.
365
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC SELF TEST
ENGINE DTCS PRESENT
DEFECTIVE GAUGE PACK
FUEL GAGE SENDING UNIT- INCORRECT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure there is communication between the PCM, BCM and the Instrument Cluster
before proceeding.
During the self test all gauges should move from their minimum position to full scale
then back down to minimum again.
While holding the 9trip/reset9 button, turn the ignition from the 9off9 to the 9run9
What were the results of the self test?
All
All gauges passed self test

Go To 2
Fuel gauge failed self test
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the defective
Fuel Gauge Pack.
All gauges failed self test
Refer to symptom list for problems related to *ALL GAUGES NOT
OPERATING.
2

Are there any engine DTCs present?
All
Yes
Refer to symptoms for problems related to DRIVEABILITY

(Powertrain) information.
No
Refer to Service Information for problems related to the Fuel

Gauge Sending Unit.
366
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the high beam Headlamps on.
Do the high beam headlamps operate properly?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the EXTERIOR LIGHTING category for problems relating to HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS.
APPLICABILITY
All
While holding the trip/reset button, turn the ignition from the off to the run position.
This will start the MIC self test.
While running the self test, did the High Beam indicator light for approximately 4
seconds then go o
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
All
Remove and inspect the High Beam bulb and socket.

Yes
Repair or replace the defective bulb or socket as needed.

No
Replace the instrument cluster circuit board.

367
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*INDICATORS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INDICATORS INOPERATIVE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION RUN START CIRCUIT OPEN
NO VOLTAGE AT THE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
FUSED B(+) CKT SHORT TO GND.
REPLACEMENT OF FUSE #17
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DEFECTIVE (PCI BUS)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure there is communication with the Cluster, PCM and the BCM
before proceeding.
There are two types of indicators in the instrument cluster hard wired and PCI
bus.The Turn Signals and Part Time 4wd are hard wired. The Red Brake Warning is
hard wired. The others are controlled by the PCI bus.
Cycle the ignition switch off then back to the run position.
Did any of the PCI bus indicators light?
All
Yes
No problem found at this time. Re-check symptom and customer

complaint.
No
Go To
NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus Communication with the Cluster, PCM and
the BCM before proceeding.
Remove and inspect J/B fuse #17.
Is the fuse open?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Replace the open fuse
Did the new fuse blow after installation and turning the ignition on?
Yes
Go To
No
Test complete.
368
All
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
*INDICATORS INOPERATIVE
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Remove Junction Block Fuse #17
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused B(+) circuit.
APPLICABILITY
All
100 ohms or less.

Repair fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground and replace blown
fuse.
5

Be sure a correct fuse is installed in the circuit being tested.
Note: There must be at least 10 volts present at both sides of the fuse; repair
or replace as necessary before continuing.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fused ign. run/start circuit from fuse #22.
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector.
Measure the resistance of both ground circuits.
Was the resistance in either ground circuit above 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Repair the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit for an open.

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Ensure Fuse #17 is installed before proceeding.
Turn ignition on.
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from fuse #17.

Yes
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster Circuit Board.
369
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ON ALL TIMES (DIESEL)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CIRCUIT BOARD SHORTED
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR SHORTED
COOLANT LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LOW COOLANT SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Coolant Level Sw voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage above 4.8 ?
Yes
Replace the Instrument Cluster (circuit board).

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the Coolant Level Sw voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage above 4.8 ?
Yes
Replace the Coolant Level Sensor

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Coolant level sensor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Repair
370
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*LOW FUEL INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PROBLEM WITH FUEL GAUGE
BULB OR SOCKET - OPEN
MIC - PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The low fuel indicator is activated by the MIC based off fuel data from the PCM and
on the position of the fuel gauge.
Is the fuel gauge operating properly?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom list for problems related to *FUEL GAGE NOT

OPERATING PROPERLY.
While holding the trip/reset button, turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run
Did the Low Fuel indicator light for approximately 4 seconds then go out?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
All
Remove and inspect the Low Fuel bulb and socket.

Yes
Repair or replace the bulb or socket as needed.

No

Cluster Circuit Board.
371
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*OD OFF INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC BULB TEST
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
While holding the Trip/Reset button turn the ignition from the off to the run position.
Did the OD Off indicator light for approximately 4 seconds then go out?
All
No
Go To
Yes
Refer to Transmission Diagnostic information for the related

symptom(s).
Remove and inspect the OD Off bulb and socket.

Yes
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the bulb or

socket.
No

Cluster Circuit board.
372
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OIL GAUGE PROBLEM
DRIVEABILITY SYMPTOMS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain DTCs. If any Oil Pressure Sensor
Volts codes are present, refer to symptom list for problems related to
Driveability.
Key off. Push and hold the Trip Odometer Button and turn Ignition Switch to Run,
to perform self test.
The Oil Gauge will sweep from Zero to Full scale then back to Zero.
Did the Oil Gauge reach full scale then return to Zero ?
All
Yes
Refer to Driveability Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s).

No
Replace the Temp/Oil Gauge Pack.

373
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SEATBELT INDICATOR REMAINS OFF, WITH DRIVERS SEATBELT UNBUCKLED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM
SEATBELT SWITCH OPEN
JUNCTION BLOCK SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE OPEN
SEATBELT SWITCH GROUND OPEN
SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE OPEN
MIC BULB TEST
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position and observe the bulb
check.
Did the Seatbelt indicator light.
All
Yes
Go To
No


Disconnect the Seatbelt Switch connector under drivers seat.
Measure the resistance of the Seatbelt Switch ground.
Yes
Repair the Seatbelt Switch ground wire for an open.
No
Go To
All

Connect a jumper wire between the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit and ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer Inputs Outputs read the Seatbelt SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display SEATBELT SW: CLOSED?
Yes
Replace the Seatbelt Switch.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit for an open.
No
Go To
374
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
*SEATBELT INDICATOR REMAINS OFF, WITH DRIVERS SEATBELT
UNBUCKLED Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Junction Block Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
No
375
APPLICABILITY
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SEATBELT INDICATOR REMAINS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRB SEATBELT SWITCH STATE
SEATBELT SWITCH
BCM
SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK SEATBELT SW SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
MIC - PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Key on. Buckle the Seatbelt.

With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer Inputs Outputs, read the Seatbelt SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display Seatbelt SW: OPEN?
All
Yes
Replace the cluster circuit board.

No
Go To

Does the DRBIIIt display Seat Belt SW: OPEN?
Yes
Replace the Seatbelt Switch.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit at the
Junction Block.
Yes

No

376
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SKIM INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULB OR SOCKET PROBLEM
SKIM TROUBLE CODES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - SKIM INDICATOR PROBLEM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position and observe the bulb
check.
Did the Skim indicator come on and then go out?
All
No
Go To
Yes
Test Complete.
Remove and inspect the Skim bulb and socket.

Yes

No
Go To
All
Using the DRB select VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY, then read SKIM DTCs.
Are there any SKIM DTCs present?
Yes
Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s).

No
Go To
All

Repair
377
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING OR INCORRECT PINION FACTOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST
SPEEDOMETER INPUT - PROBLEM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

During the self test all gauges should move from their minimum point to their
maximum point then back down to its minimum.
While holding the 9trip/reset9 button down on the instrument cluster, turn the
ignition key from off to the run position then release the button. This will start the
MIC self test.
Did the Speedometer pass the self test?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Instrument Cluster Speedometer .

With the DRBIIIt, verify that the pinion factor is correctly programmed.
Is the pinion factor programmed correctly?
Yes
Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the releated

symptom(s).
No
Using the Diagnostic (Transmission, or Chassis)/Service Manual

Information as a guide, program the correct pinion factor, and
then verify that the Speedometer is working.
378
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
While holding the 9trip/reset9 button, turn the ignition from the 9off9 to the 9run9
All
Tachometer passed self test.

Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the releated symptom(s).
Tachometer failed self test
Cluster Tachometer.
379
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
While holding the trip/reset button, turn the ignition from the off to the run position.
This will start the Cluster self test.
All
Temperature Gauge passed self test.

Test Complete.
Temperature Gauge failed self test
Cluster Tachometer.
380
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*TRANS OVER TEMP INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC BULB TEST
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
While holding the Trip/Reset button turn the ignition from the off to the run position.
Did the Trans Temp indicator light for approximately 4 seconds then go out?
All
Yes
Refer to Transmission Diagnostic information for the related

symptom(s).
No
Go To
Remove and inspect the Trans Temp bulb and socket.

Yes

No
Go To
All

Repair
381
All
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC SELF TEST
VOLTMETER INOP
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Ensure there is communication with the Instrument Cluster and the
PCM before proceeding.
During the self test all gauges should move from their minimum position to full scale
then back down to minimum again.
While holding the trip/reset button, turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run
Did the voltmeter move to its extreme position and back to zero smoothly?
All
Yes
Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s).

No
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Fuel/Volt

Gauge Pack.
382
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*WATER IN FUEL INDICATOR PROBLEMS (DIESEL)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN PROBLEMS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position. This will start the MIC
bulb check.
Did the Water In Fuel indicator come on and then go out?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
For repair information, proceed to the following :
All
SYMPTOM INFORMATION:
Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related
symptom(s).
3
Remove and inspect the Water In Fuel Indicator, bulb and socket.
Yes

No
Test Complete.
383
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The voltage of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit has gone below 0.3
volts for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH SHORTED
PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Left Multifunction switch connector.
Turn ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Panel Lamp voltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Left Multifunction switch.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Left Multi-function switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit to a known good
ground.
Is the resistance below 1000 (1K)ohms?
Yes
Repair the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch Return circuit to a known good
ground.
Is the resistance below 1000 (1K)ohms?
Yes
Repair the Headlamp Switch Return circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
384
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Repair
385
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
Set Condition: Any time the voltage on the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit exceeds
4.8 volts for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PANEL LAMP DIMMER SWITCH
PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN OPEN
BCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Left Multifunction switch connector.
Connect a jumper wire between Panel Lamp Dimmer Signal circuit and Headlamp
Switch Return.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Panel Lamps voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display Panel Lamp voltage below 0.5 volts ?
All
Yes
Replace the Left Multifunction switch.

No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Using an ohmmeter measure the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit from the BCM
C1 connector to the left multi-function switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Using an ohmmeter measure the Headlamp Switch Return circuit from BCM to Left
Multi-function.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open headlamp switch return circuit.

386
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair
Repair
387
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The BCM has detected a short to battery on either the Courtesy Lamp
Driver circuit or the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHORTED COURTESY LAMP BULB
COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
BCM, COURTESY LAMP CIRCUIT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Repeat this test for each of the following bulbs before proceeding to
the next test: Instrument Panel Courtesy (2), Rear Reading (2), Front
Overhead (2), and Liftgate.
Turn ignition off.
Remove one of the bulbs listed in the previous pop up message. Note: after this test
leave the bulb out.
Turn ignition on.
Using the DRB erase all BCM DTCs.
Using the DRB read BCM DTCs.
Is the 9Lamp Fade Failure Short to battery9 DTC present?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace bulb, and reinstall all other bulbs removed during testing.
Turn ignition off.

Remove fuse # 8 from the Junction Block.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit in the BCM C1 connector.
Is there any voltage?
Yes
Repair the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit for a short to battery

and reinstall all bulbs removed during testing.
No
Go To
388
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect Fuse # 8.
Disconnect the Junction Block C1 Connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit in the Junction Block C1
connector (cav 16).
All
Yes
Repair the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit for a short to battery

and reinstall all bulbs removed during testing.
No
Replace the Body Control Module (BCM) and reinstall all bulbs
removed durning testing.
389
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
for 5 seconds
Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed
The BCM has detected a short to battery on the Interior Load Shed circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHORTED GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB
INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY (COURTESY)
INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY (GLOVE BOX)
BCM, INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Remove the Glove Box lamp bulb.
Turn ignition on.
Using the DRB erase all BCM DTCs.
Using the DRB read BCM DTCs.
Is the 9Load Shed Failure Short to battery9 DTC present?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace bulb.
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Ensure the Glove Box is closed with the Lamp switch in the off position.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit in the C1
connector.
Yes
Repair the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit for a short to
battery.
No
Go To
390
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Ensure all of the Overhead, Rear Reading and Vanity Lamp Switches are in the off
position.
Disconnect the Junction Block C-1 connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit in the J/B C1
connector.
All
Yes
Repair the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit for a short to
battery.
No
Replace the Body Control Module (BCM).

391
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This condition is set if the panel lamp driver that illuminates the I/P shuts
down from an over temp condition for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
HVAC CONTROL PANEL SHORTED TO GROUND
PRNDL ILLUMINATION SHORTED TO GROUND
ASH RECEIVER BULB OR SOCKET SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (HVAC)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (PRNDL)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (RADIO)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (ASH RECEIVER)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (HEATED SEATS)
BCM, PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch.
Turn ignition on.
Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes.
Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTCs.
Is the 9Panel Lamps Driver9 DTC present?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the drivers heated seat switch.

392
INTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
2
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Disconnect the Passengers Heated Seat Switch.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Switch.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the appropriate HVAC Control panel connector. C-1 for manual or C-2 for
automatic system.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the HVAC Control panel assemble.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair or replace the shorted PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination.

All
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the ash receiver.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ash receiver bulb or socket for a short to ground.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the radio C1 connector.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair or replace the Radio.

393
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

automatic system.
Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector
(cav. 10).
All
10
11
Yes
Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

(cav. 9).
Yes

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the radio C1 connector.
(cav. 13).
Yes

No
Go To
All
10
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the ash receiver lamp.
(cav. 8).
Yes

No
Go To
All
11
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver and passenger heated seat switches.
(cav. 12).
Yes

No
Go To
12
394
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
TEST
12
Continued
ACTION
Repair
395
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*ALL COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSE #8 BLOWN CIRCUIT NOT SHORTED
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Remove and inspect fuse #8.
Is the fuse blown?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Remove fuse #8 from the Junction Block.
Measure the resistance of the Fused B+ circuit (upper cavity of fuse #8) to a known
good ground.
Yes
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground and replace the
blown fuse.
No
Replace blown fuse #8.

Turn ignition off.

Remove fuse #8 from the Junction Block.
Remove the drivers side rear seat overhead reading lamp lens cover.
Measure the resistance of the Fused B+ circuit between Fuse #8 (top cavity) and the
Rear Passengers overhead reading lamp (Fused B+ side).
Yes
Go To
No

All
All

Repair
Replace BCM (Body Control Module).
396
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*ASH TRAY LAMP INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM DTC
ASH RECEIVER BULB OPEN
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Read Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes.
Is there a Park Lamp Relay Circuit Shorted Lo/Open DTC?
Yes
Refer to symptom Park Lamp Relay Circuit Shorted Lo/Open in

the Exterior Lighting.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove and inspect the Ash Receiver bulb.

Is the bulb OK?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Ash Receiver bulb.

Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Ash Receiver connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Ash Receiver connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Ground circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Ash Receiver connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Ash Receiver
connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. #8).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Panel Lamps Driver circuit.

All

Repair
Replace the BCM.
397
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE (EXCEPT FRONT DOORS)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULBS
OPEN FUSED B(+)
COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM, COURTESY LAMP
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and check inoperative bulbs.
Are the bulbs OK?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the bulbs.

Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit to the Lamp.

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit back to splice.

All
Turn ignition off.

Gain access to an inoperative bulb.
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the bulb
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Control circuit.

All

Repair
398
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DOME LAMP SWITCH
ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH DIMMER OPEN
BCM DIMMER INOPORATIVE
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on.

Using the DRBIIIt, read body DTCs.
Are there any DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate DTC from the symptom list and perform
repair as needed.
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Left Multi Function Switch Connector.
Connect an ohmmeter between the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit and the
Headlamp Switch Return circuit in the Left Multi-Funtion Switch.
Observe the ohmmeter while rotating the dimmer on the Left Multi-Function Switch.
Did the resistance vary between approximately 60 and 7900 (7.9K) ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Left Multi Function Switch.

All

Repair
399
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT
DOOR ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND WIRE
OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN)
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DOOR AJAR OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the Drivers door.
With the DRB III select: Body Door Modules Input Output
Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state.
Does the DRB III Show: CLOSED?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Repair
3
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Measure the resistance of the ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ground wire to the door ajar switch connector.
All
Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.

Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the door
lock motor/ajar switch connector and the DDM C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense wire.

400
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT DOOR
ONLY Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel.

Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.
Ensure the door is left open during this test.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit in the DDM C1
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy.


Repair
401
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR
ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (LEFT REAR)
OPEN GROUND WIRE
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN)
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the Left Rear door.
With the DRB III select: Body Computer Input/Output
Read the Left Rear Door Ajar SW state.
Does the DRBIII Show: 9CLOSED9?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense LR circuit between the door
lock motor/ajar switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Door Ajar Switch Sense wire (Left Rear).
All
Disconnect the Driver Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Yes
Go To
No
All

Disconnect the Junction Block 9C19 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (LR) circuit in the Junction
Block 9C19 connector to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy.

402
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR ONLY
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Repair
403
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM, LAMPS DISABLED
CARGO LAMP
COURTESY LAMP DISABLE
OPEN GROUND WIRE
OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE (LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH OPEN)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs Outputs read the Lift Gate Lmp Disable state while
depressing the cargo lamp lens switch on and off.
Did the disable switch toggle?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Read the Liftgate Sw state with the Liftgate open.
Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED?
Yes
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the BCM.

No
Go To
All
Disconnect either the right or left side Liftgate Ajar Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ground wire to the ajar switch connector.

All

Disconnect either the right or left side Liftgate Ajar Switch.
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the
disconnected Flip-up Ajar Switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire.

404
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the suspect faulty right or left Liftgate ajar switch connector.
Ensure the latch is in the unlatched position for the particular switch.
Using an ohmmeter measure the resistance of the Ajar Switch.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Liftgate Ajar Switch Assy.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Repair
7
At the Cargo Lamp connector backprobe and measure the voltage of the liftgate
courtesy lamp disable circuit with switch in both positions.
Is the voltage below 0.5 volt in either position?
Yes
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the BCM.

No
Go To
All
Disconnect the cargo lamp connector.

Measure the voltage of the liftgate courtesy lamp disable circuit.
Yes
Repair the courtesy lamp disable circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Replace the Cargo Lamp assemble.

405
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP
GLASS ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND WIRE
OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
BCM FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH OPEN
OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH
TEST
1
ACTION
Read the Liftglass Sw state with the Liftgate flip-up glass open.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
If there are no potential causes remaining, replace the Body Control Module.
View repair options.
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Repair
3
Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch connector

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ground wire to the ajar switch connector.

All

Disconnect a Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch.
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the
disconnected Flip-up Ajar Switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire.

All

Repair
Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Assy.
406
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT
DOOR ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND WIRE
OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BCM COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN)
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB III select: Body Door Modules Input/Output
Read the Pass Door Ajar Sw state.
Yes
Replace the BCM.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Yes
Go To
No
All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector.

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the
door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the PDM C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense wire.

All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Module 9C19 connector.

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit in the PDM
C1 connector to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy.

407
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR
ONLY Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Repair
408
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR
ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND WIRE
OPEN DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (RR)
BODY CONTROL MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN)
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BCM RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILURE
TEST
1
ACTION
Open the Right Rear door.
With the DRB III select: Body Body Controlller Input/Output
Read the Right Rear Door Ajar Sw state.
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Passenger Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector

Yes
Go To
No
All

Disconnect the Passenger Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (Right Rear) circuit between
the door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the Body Control Module C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Door Ajar Switch Sense wire (RR).

All

Ensure that the door is open during this test.
Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (Right Rear) circuit in the Body
Control Module C1 connector to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy.

409
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR ONLY
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Repair
410
APPLICABILITY
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES (EXCEPT BOTH FRONT
DOOR COURTESY LAMPS IF EQUIP)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK
BCM, COURTESY LAMPS STAY ON
COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Ensure the courtesy lamp switch is in the off position.
Did the courtesy lamps turn off?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Ensure the courtesy lamp switch is in the off position.
Disconnect the Junction Block C-1 connector.
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector
cavity 16 to ground.
Yes
Repair the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground.

No
Replace the Junction Block

411
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULB
OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT
OPEN COURTESY LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
DRIVER DOOR MODULE COURTESY LAMP
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the courtesy lamp bulb.
Is the Courtesy Lamp bulb open?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Replace the bulb.

No
Go To
Remove the Drivers Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.

Disconnect the Driver Door Module C-2 connector
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the bulb connector to the Driver
Door Module C-2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit.

All
Remove the Drivers Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.

Disconnect the Driver Door Module C-2 connector
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit from the bulb connector to the Driver
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit.

All
All
Repair
412
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*GLOVE BOX LAMP INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GLOVE BOX BULB
GLOVE BOX SWITCH
OPEN GLOVE BOX LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the Glove Box Bulb.
Is the bulb OK?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Glove Box Bulb.

Disconnect the glove box lamp harness connector.

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B+ circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Glove Box Lamp Driver circuit between the Glove Box
Lamp harness connector (cav. 2) and the BCM C1 connector (cav. 23).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Glove Box Lamp Driver circuit.

All

Connect a test light between cavities 1 and 2 of the Glove Box Lamp harness.
Did the test light illuminate?
Yes
Replace the Glove Box Switch.

No
Go To
All
View repair options
All
Repair
Replace the BCM (Body Control Module).
413
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVERS HEATED SEAT SWITCH BULB OPEN
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH BULB OPEN
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT (DRIVERS SIDE)
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT (PASSENGER SIDE)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN (PASSENGER SIDE)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN (DRIVERS SIDE)
BCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch bulb.
Is the bulb OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Drivers Heated Seat Switch bulb.

APPLICABILITY
All
Remove and inspect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch bulb.

Is the bulb OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Switch bulb.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Drivers Heated Seat Switch
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Switch
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

414
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
*HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Passenger
Heated Seat Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. #12).
All
Yes
Go To
No

Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Drivers
Heated Seat Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
Replace the BCM.
415
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE
CONTROL HEAD OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM (HVAC ILUMINATION)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
automatic system.
Connect a test light between the HVAC ground circuit and Panel Lamps Driver
circuit in the HVAC connector(s).
Turn on the panel lamps and observe the test light.
All
Yes
Replace the Heater-A/C Control Panel Assembly.

No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the HVAC connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the HVAC C1 or C2 (see connector
pinout to determine which connector).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open HVAC Ground Circuit.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the HVAC connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the HVAC C1 or
C2 connector (refer to connector pinout to determine which connector) and the BCM
C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver circuit.

All
All
Repair
416
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP
BULBS OPEN
OPEN FUSED B(+)
COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Are the bulbs OK?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the bulbs.


Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the bulb
connector.
Yes

No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Control circuit.

417
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE COURTESY LAMP DISABLE FEATURE INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN FUSED B(+)
OPEN LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE CIRCUIT
LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE SWITCH
BCM COURTESY DISABLE
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Cargo Lamp connector.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit at the Cargo Lamp connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit to the Cargo Lamp connector.
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Cargo Lamp connector.

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Courtesy Disable circuit between the Cargo
Lamp connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open 9Liftgate Courtesy Disable9 wire.

All
Gain access to the Cargo Lamp connector but do not disconnect.

Using a voltmeter backprobe the Liftgate Courtesy Disable circuit at the Cargo Lamp
connector while cycling the Disable Switch on and off.
Does the voltage toggle from approximatly 10.0 to 0.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Liftgate (Cargo) Lamp assemble.

All
All
Repair
418
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*OVERHEAD, REAR AND LIFTGATE LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULBS
OPEN FUSED B(+)
COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM COURTESY LAMP DRIVER
TEST
1
ACTION
Are the bulbs OK?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the bulbs.


Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector
cavity 16 to the bulb connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn the Dome Lamp Switch to the ON position.

Disconnect Fuse # 8 from the Junction Block.
While backprobing, measure the resistance of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit at
the Body Control Module C-1 connector cavity # 8.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

419
All
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULB
OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT
OPEN COURTESY LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE COURTESY LAMP
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove and inspect the courtesy lamp bulb.
Is the Courtesy Lamp bulb open?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Replace the bulb.

No
Go To
Remove the Passenger Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.

Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the bulb connector to the Passenger
Yes
Go To
No

All
Remove the Passengers Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.

Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector
Measure the Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit from the bulb connector to the Passenger
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit.

All
All
Repair
420
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*PRNDL/T-CASE ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PRNDL OPEN GROUND CONNECTION
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CKT OPEN
PRNDL ILLUMINATION
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a test light between the ground circuit and the Panel Lamps Driver circuit
in the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector.
All
Yes
Replace the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination assembly.

No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the PRNDL connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the PRNDL
connector and the BCM C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver Circuit.

All
All
Repair
421
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*RADIO ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM (RADIO ILLUMINATION)
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CKT OPEN
RADIO ILLUMINATION
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Disconnect the Radio C1 connector.

Connect a test light between the Radio ground connection and Panel Lamps Driver
circuit in the Radio C1 connector.
All
Yes
Repair or replace the Radio.

No
Go To

Disconnect the Radio ground wire.
Measure the resistance between ground and the radio ground wire.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace or repair the radio ground strap.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Radio C1 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Radio C1
connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. #13).
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver Circuit.

All
All
Repair
Replace the BCM.
422
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
*READING & VANITY LAMPS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BULBS
COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM, COURTESY LAMP DRIVER
TEST
1
ACTION
Are the bulbs OK?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the bulbs.

Turn ignition off.

Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector to
the bulb connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit or Switch.

All
Turn the Dome Lamp Switch to the ON position.

Disconnect Fuse # 8 from the Junction Block.
While backprobing, measure the resistance of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit at
the Body Control Module C-1 connector cavity # 8.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the defective Body Control Module (BCM).

423
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Igntion on.
Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer
feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
FRONT RISER SENSOR SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO BATTERY
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
FRONT RISER SENSOR HIGH
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL GROUND OPEN
MEMORY SEAT MODULE FRONT RISER HIGH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the driver
power seat front riser connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is
operational.
With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors
Monitor the Front Riser Position sensor while operating the seat front riser to both
limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 8.0 volts ONLY when the motor was in operation?
Yes
Replace the Seat Track Assembly.

No
Go To
424
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Front Riser Position Signal circuit and ground.
No
Go To
Yes
Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to

voltage.
APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector.

Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground.
Yes
Repair the seat sensor 5 volt supply ckt for a short to battery.
No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding.
Turn ignition on.
With the DRB IIIt in Memory Seat Sensors.
Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Seat Track Assy.

All
All
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Module.
7
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Seat
Module connector and the sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Sensor Ground Wire.

All

Repair
425
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND
FRONT RISER SENSOR (LOW)
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT LOW
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL SENSE LOW
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Front Riser Position
Signal circuits.
With the DRBIIIt select: Body, Memory Seat and Sensors.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage
Yes

No
Go To
426
APPLICABILITY
All
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms?
Yes
Repair the Front Riser Position Signal Circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit between the Sensor
connector and the Seat Module C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Front Riser Position Signal circuit.

All
All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to body ground.
Yes
Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Front
Riser Sensor connector and the Seat Module C1 connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
427
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR
CHECKING SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR HIGH
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL HIGH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit to body ground..
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front Horizontal motor is
operational.
With the DRB III select: Body, Memory Seat, and Sensors.
Monitor the Horizontal Position sensor while operating the seat horizontally to both
limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts ONLY when the motor was in operation?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Turn ignition on.
Yes
No
Go To
428
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage on the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit?
No
Go To
Yes
Repair the Horizontal Position Signal ckt for a short to voltage.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Turn ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt select: Body, Memory Seat and Sensors.
Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
7
Turn ignition off.

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Sensor Ground Wire.

All

Repair
429
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHT GND
HORIZONTAL SENSOR (LOW)
HORIZONTAL POS SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT SUPPLY
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL LOW
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Seat Horizontal
Position Signal circuits.
With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage
Yes

No
Go To
430
APPLICABILITY
All
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Seat Horizontal Position Signal Ckt for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the
Sensor connector and the Seat Module connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit.

All
All
Repair
6

Turn ignition off.
Yes
Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to Ground.

No
Go To
All

Turn ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor
connector and the Module connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
431
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR
CHECKING REAR RISER POS SIG SHORT TO VOLTAGE
REAR RISER SENSOR (HIGH)
MEMORY SEAT MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT HIGH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the driver
power seat rear riser connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is
operational.
Monitor the Rear Riser Position sensor while operating the seat rear riser to both
limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Turn ignition on.
Yes
No
Go To
4
432
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Rear Riser Position Signal circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage on the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit?
No
Go To
Yes
Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to

voltage.
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Turn ignition on.
Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
7
Turn ignition off.

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Position Sensor Ground Wire.

All

Repair
433
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND
REAR RISER SENSOR (LOW)
REAR RISER POS SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL LOW
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Rear Riser Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage
Yes

No
Go To
434
APPLICABILITY
All
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal Ckt for a short to ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit between the Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Rear Riser Position Signal circuit.

All
All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Yes

No
Go To
All

Turn ignition off.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
435
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RECLINER POSITION SENSOR HIGH
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL HIGH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit to body ground.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and recliner motor is operational.
Monitor the Recliner Position sensor while operating the seat Recliner to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Turn ignition on.
Yes
No
Go To
436
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Recliner Position Signal circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage on the Recliner Position Signal circuit?
No
Go To
Yes
Repair the Recliner Position Signal ckt for a short to voltage.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector
Turn ignition on.
Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
Repair
7
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the MSM
connector and the sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Position Sensor Ground Wire.

All

Repair
437
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

When Monitored:
Ignition on.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND
RECLINER POSITION SENSOR (LOW)
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN
MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL (LOW)
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Recliner Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage
Yes

No
Go To
438
APPLICABILITY
All
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Recliner Position Signal Ckt for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Recliner Position Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit between the Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Recliner Position Signal circuit.

All
All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Yes

No
Go To
All
Disconnect the Recliner Position Sensor connector.

Turn ignition off.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
439
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
DRIVER FRONT RISER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
MSM FRONT RISER SWITCH INPUT OPEN
MSM FRONT RISER MOTOR OUTPUT
TEST
1
ACTION
Using the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Module Actuators
Actuate the Front Riser Motor up and then down.
Did the Front Riser Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors.
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Down Switch Sense circuit between the
MSM connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Front Down Switch Sense wire.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit between the MSM
connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Front Up Switch Sense wire.

440
All
MEMORY SEAT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure the Driver Power Seat Switch Is fully connected.

Connect a test light between the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat
Front Down Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector.
Move the Front Riser Switch to the UP and then the DOWN positions and observe
the test light.
Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in BOTH directions.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Driver Power Seat Switch

All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver power seat front riser motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Down Driver circuit between the MSM
connector and the seat front riser motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Front Down Driver wire.

All
Disconnect the driver power seat front riser motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Up Driver circuit between the Seat Module
connector and the seat front riser motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Front Up Driver wire.

All
Ensure the Front Riser Motor connector is connected at this time.
Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Front Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit
in the Seat Module C2 connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Front Down Driver circuit and momentarily touch
it to the Fused B(+) circuit.
Reverse the Ground and Fused B(+) jumper wires momentarily to run the motor in
the opposite direction.
Did the Front Riser Motor run in both directions.
Yes
Go To
No

441
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
9
ACTION
Repair
442
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
DRIVER HORIZONTAL MOTOR INOPERATIVE
MSM HORIZONTAL MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN
MSM HORIZONTAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Actuate the Horizontal Motor Forward and then Rearward.
Did the Horizontal Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit between
the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense wire.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit
between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense wire.

443
All
MEMORY SEAT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a test light between the Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit and
the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector.
Move the Seat Horizontal Switch to the Forward and then the Rearward positions
and observe the test light.
Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in both directions.
All
Yes
Go To
No

All
Repair
6
Disconnect the driver power Seat Horizontal Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Forward Driver circuit between the
Seat Module connector and the seat horizontal motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Horizontal Forward Driver wire.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver power seat horizontal motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver circuit between the
Seat Module connector and the seat horizontal motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver wire.

All
Ensure the Seat Horizontal Motor connector is connected at this time.
Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Horizontal Forward Driver circuit to the
Ground circuit in the Seat Module C2 connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver circuit and momentarily touch it to the Fused B(+) circuit.
Did the Seat Horizontal Motor run in both directions.
Yes
Go To
No

444
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
9
ACTION
Repair
445
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SEAT REAR UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH DEFECTIVE
DRIVER REAR RISER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
MSM REAR RISER MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN
MSM REAR RISER SWITCH INPUT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Actuate the Rear Riser Motor Up and then Down.
Did the Rear Riser Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense circuit between the Seat
Module connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Rear Down Switch Sense wire.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn ignition off.

Raise the Driver Seat as high as possible to gain access to the connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit between the Seat
Module connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Rear Up Switch Sense wire.

446
All
MEMORY SEAT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a test light between the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat
Rear Down Switch Sense circuit in the seat module connector.
Move the Seat Rear Riser Switch to the Up and then the Down positions and observe
the test light.
All
Yes
Go To
No

All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver power seat rear riser motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Down Driver circuit between the Seat
Module connector and the seat front riser motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Rear Down Driver wire.

All
Disconnect the driver power seat rear riser motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Up Driver circuit between the Seat Module
connector and the seat rear riser motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Rear Up Driver wire.

All
Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Rear Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit in
the Seat Module C2 connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Rear Down Driver circuit and momentarily touch
it to the Fused B(+) circuit.
Did the Seat Rear Riser Motor run in both directions.
Yes
Go To
No

447
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
9
ACTION
Repair
448
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
*DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN
SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
DRIVER RECLINER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
MSM RECLINER MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN
MSM RECLINER SWITCH INPUT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Actuate the Recliner Motor Up and then Down.
Did the Recliner Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit between the
MSM connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Recliner Down Switch Sense wire.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn ignition off.

Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit between the
Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense wire.

449
All
MEMORY SEAT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a test light between the Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat
Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector.
Move the Seat Recliner Switch to the Up and then the Down positions and observe
the test light.
All
Yes
Go To
No

All
Repair
6
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver power Seat Recliner Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Down Driver circuit between the Seat
Module connector and the seat recliner motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Recliner Down Driver wire.

All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the driver power Seat Recliner Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Up Driver circuit between the Seat
Module connector and the seat recliner motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Seat Recliner Up Driver wire.

All
Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Recliner Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit
in the Seat Module C2 connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Recliner Down Driver ckt and momentarily touch
it to the Fused B(+) ckt.
Did the Seat Recliner Motor run in both directions.
Yes
Go To
No

450
All
MEMORY SEAT
TEST
9
ACTION
Repair
451
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored:
Ignition key in the run position.
Set Condition: If the resistance of the ambient temperature sensor input to the BCM is
high causing the voltage to be above 4.8 volts for 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the sensor signal and sensor ground circuits.
Turn ignition on. Close all doors
Observe the EVIC display.
Does the display show 9short circuit9?
Yes
Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit between
the BCM C2 connnector the Ambient Temp Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit for an

open.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between
the BCM C2 connector and Ambient Temperature Sensor connector.
Yes
Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an

open.
No
Go To
4
452
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
TEST
4
ACTION
Repair
453
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored:
Set Condition: If the resistance of the ambient temperature sensor input to the BCM is
low causing the voltage to be below 0.3 volts for 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on. Close all doors
Observe the EVIC display.
Does the display show 9open circuit9?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short

to ground.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and
Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit.
Yes
Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short

to the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit.
No
Go To
454
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Continued
TEST
4
ACTION
Repair
455
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
BUS MESSAGES MISSING

When Monitored: While the EVIC is performing a series of tests on the microprocessor,
compass coil, and internal circuitry.
Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC does not receive
messages from the BCM, MIC or PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
MIC COMMUNICATION FAILURE
EVIC, BUS MESSAGES MISSING
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Connect the DRBIII and access the Body Control Module.
Select Body Controller
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on.

Connect the DRBIII and access Body Control Module.
Select Body Controller and System test.
Does the DRB display PCM Active on the Bus?
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition on.

Select Electro/Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Is there a response from the Instrument Cluster?
Yes
Go To
No

456
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION

Repair
Replace and program the Electronic Vehicle Information Center in
accordance with the service information.
457
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY

When Monitored:
Set Condition: If the resistance of the coolant level sensor input to the BCM is high
causing the voltage to be above 4.8 volts for 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
COOLANT LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIII, read the Coolant Level Sensor status.
Connect a jumper wire between the Coolant Level Sense circuit and the Ground
circuit.
With the DRBIII, monitor the Coolant Level Sensor voltage.
Does the DRBIII display 0.0 volts?
All
Yes
Replace the Coolant Level Sensor.

No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Sense circuit between the Coolant Level
Sensor connector and the BCM C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Coolant Level Sense circuit for an open.

458
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
TEST
4
ACTION
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
459
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE

When Monitored: When a SELF TEST command is received from the DRBIII, the EVIC
performs a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry.
Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC detects a problem the
microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
1
ACTION
When the trouble code EVICT INTERNAL FAILURE is displayed, View repair.
Repair
Replace and program the Electronic Vehicle Information Center in
accordance with the service information.
460
APPLICABILITY
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*EVIC MILEAGE AND DISTANCE FUNCTIONS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC MILEAGE AND DISTANCE FUNCTIONS
PCM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
1
ACTION
Activate and verify all other EVIC functions operate correctly.
Are all other EVIC functions operating correctly?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace and program the Electronic Vehicle Information Center

Module in accordance with the service information.
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the active PCM DTCs.
Are any engine diagnostic trouble codes present?
Yes
Refer to Drivability for the related symptom.

No
Go To
All
Verify the following for proper operation: Fuel Injector Pulse Rate, Speed Signal
input, Fuel Level input, correct Tire size and inflation.
Do any related symptoms exist?
Yes
Refer to the symptom list for the related symptom.

No
Test Complete.
461
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*EVIC SELF TEST
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC SELF TEST
MIC COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
BCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER, BUS MESSAGES MISSING
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt, select 9Body9, 9VIC9, 9System Test9and then 9Self Test9.
This test will verify internal functions of the EVIC module. Test Failures (if any) will
be displayed following the test.
Press any DRB key to start the EVIC self test.
Select the test results.
All
TEST FAILURE: EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE

Go To 2
TEST FAILURE: BUS MESSAGES MISSING
Go To 3
TEST SUCCESSFUL
Self test complete with no problem found.
2
When the trouble code 9EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE9 is displayed, view repair.
All
Repair
Replace the Electronic Vehicle Information Center.
3
Turn ignition on.

Connect the DRBIII and access Body.
Select Electromechanical Instrument Cluster.
Is there a response from the Mechanical Instrument Cluster?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to Communication category for the related symptom(s).

All
Turn ignition on.

Select Body Controller and System test.
Does the DRB display PCM Active on the Bus?
Yes
Go To
No

462
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
*EVIC SELF TEST
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Select Body Controller
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
Does the DRBIIIt display 9TEST FAILED: BUS MESSAGE FAILURE9?

Repair
Replace the Electronic Vehicle Information Center.
463
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*INCORRECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE READING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN INTERNAL GROUND CIRCUIT
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor harness connector
Remove the ambient temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance of the ambient temperature sensor.
Using the resistance/degrees chart below compare the resistance reading to the
ambient air temperature.
Temperature 0 C or 32 F Resistance 29.3 Kohms min to 36 Kohms max.
Temperature 10 C or 50 F Resistance 18 Kohms min to 22 Kohms max.
Temperature 20 C or 68F Resistance 11.4 Kohms min to 13.6 Kohms max.
Temperature 25 C or 77 F Resistance 9.1Kohms min to 10.8 Kohms max.
Temperature 30 C or 86 F Resistance 7.4 Kohms min to 8.7 Kohms max
Temperature 40 C or 104 F Resistance 4.9 Kohms min to 5.7 Kohms max.
Temperature 50 C or 122 F Resistance 3.3 Kohms min to 3.8 Kohms max.
Is the resistance measurement between the min/max readings for the current
ambient temperature?
All
Yes
Go To
No

NOTE: After any repair for an ambient temperature sensor problem, the
vehicle must be driven over 3 miles above 25 mph continuously in order to
update the EVIC display
2

Close all doors and insure all interior and exterior lights are off.
Wait one minute.
Measure the resistance between ground and the sensor ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
464
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
*INCORRECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE READING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM
C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the ambient temperature sensor ground
circuit.
Is the resistance above 10k ohms?
All
Yes
Repair the sensor ground for an open circuit.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the ambient temperature sensor signal
circuit in the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 50k ohms?
Yes
Repair the ambient temperature sensor signal circuit for a short

to ground.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the ambient temperature sensor signal circuit and
sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 50k ohms?
Yes
Repair the ambient temperature sensor signal circuit for a short

to the sensor ground circuit.
No
Go To
All
All
Repair
7

Measure the resistance of the sensor ground circuit between the ambient temperature sensor harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ambient temperature sensor ground circuit for an

open.
All

Repair
465
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ON ALL THE TIME - GAS ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY COOLANT LEVEL
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SHORTED
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LOW COOLANT SHORTED
TEST
1
ACTION
Check the coolant fluid level.
Is the coolant level ok?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair.
Disconnect the Coolant Level switch connector.

With the DRBIIIt, read the 9Coolant Level Sw9 voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage above 4.8?
Yes
Replace the Coolant Level Switch.

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit between the
Coolant Level Switch connector and ground.
Yes
Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Repair
466
All
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*LOW WASHER INDICATOR ON ALL THE TIME
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WASHER FLUID LEVEL
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - WASHER FLUID LEVEL SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Ckeck the washer fluid level.
Is the washer fluid reservoir full?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Fill washer fluid container.

Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector.

Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link connector.
With the DRBIII select the Body, Body computer, and then Sensors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage.
Does the DRBIII show the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage above 5.0 volts?
Yes
Replace the Washer Fluid Level Switch.

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Washer Fluid Level Switch circuit between the Washer
Fluid Level Switch connector and ground.
Is the Resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Repair the Washer Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No
Go To
All

467
All

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK/UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE
OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE
PDM - LOCK/UNLOCK OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM connector
and the door lock motor connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire.

connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver circuit between the PDM connector
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire.

All

Repair
Replace the Passenger Door Module
468
All

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAIL TO LOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - PASSENGER DOORS FAIL TO LOCK
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Passenger Door Module
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver Ckt to body ground.
Is the resistance below 20 ohms?
All
Yes
Repair the Door Lock Driver Wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Repair
Replace the Passenger Door Module
469
All

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAILS TO UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GND
PDM DEFECTIVE PASSENGER UNLOCK FAIL
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Passenger Door Module
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver ckt to body ground.
All
Yes
Repair the Door Unlock Driver Wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Repair
470
All

Symptom:
*ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DDM BUS COMMUNICATON CHECK
DDM - LOCKS INOPERATIVE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIII, select 9Body9, 9Door Modules9
Does the DRBIII display 9Part No.9 and 9Version No.9 of the Driver Door Module?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM DRIVER

DOOR MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category.
APPLICABILITY
All

Repair
471
All

Symptom:
*ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PDM BUS COMMUNICATION CHECK
PDM DEFECTIVE LOCKS INOP
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIII, select 9Body9, 9Door Modules9

Does the DRBIII Display the 9Part No.9 and 9Version No.9 of the Passenger Door
Module?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN FROM PASSENGER

DOOR MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category.

Repair
472
All

Symptom:
*AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTO DOOR LOCKS NOT ENABLED
PCM DTCS PRESENT
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - AUTO LOCKS INOPERATIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB, under 9CUSTOMER PREFERENCES9 read the 9Auto Door Lock9
status.
Does the DRB show AUTO DOOR LOCKS ENABLED ?
All
Yes
Go To
No
With the DRBIII, enable the Auto Door Locks and retest the
System.
With the DRBIIIt, read ENGINE DTCs.

Are there any TPS or VEHICLE SPEED DTCs present?
Yes
Refer to DRIVEABILITY for the related symptom(s).

No
Go To
All

Repair
473
All

Symptom:
*DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS INCORRECT
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH OPEN
BCM - DOOR LOCK INHIBIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - KEY-IN IGNITION OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Note: Ensure that the Key is still in the Ignition Switch.
With the DRB, read the Key-In Ignition status.
Does the DRB show KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED ?
No
Go To
Yes
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the ignition switch 9C29 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ground circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All
All
Disconnect the Ignition Switch 9C29 connector.

Disconnect the Body Control Module 9C19 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the
ignition switch 9C29 connector and the BCM 9C19 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Key-In Ignition Switch Sense Circuit.

All
Disconnect the Ignition Switch 9C29 connector.

Connect a jumper between the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense and Ground Circuits in
the Ignition Switch 9C29 Connector.
With the DRB, read the Key-In Ignition status.
Does the DRB show KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED ?
Yes

No
Go To
474
All

*DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
6
Open the Drivers door.

With the DRB III select: 9Body9, 9Door Modules9, 9Input/Output9
Read the 9Drv Door Ajar Sw9 state.
Does the DRB III Show: 9CLOSED9?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
All

Repair
475
All

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GND
DDM - DRIVER DOOR LOCK OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module 9C19
connector.
Disconnect the Driver Door Module 9C19 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door LOCK Driver circuit in the driver door module
9C19 connector to body ground.
All
Yes
Repair the Driver Door Lock Driver wire for a short to ground.
No
Go To

Repair
476
All

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN
OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE
DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module.
Ensure the drivers window is down and the door lock is LOCKED.
Connect a jumper wire between the Door Lock Driver ckt and the Ground ckt in the
9C19 connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Driver Door Unlock Driver ckt and momentarilly touch
it to the Fused B(+) ckt and observe the door lock.
Did the drivers door UNLOCK?
All
Yes

No
Go To
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Driver circuit between the DDM
connector and the door lock motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Door Unlock Driver wire.

All
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door LOCK Driver circuit between the DDM
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Driver Door Lock Driver Wire.

All

Repair
Replace the Door Lock Motor.
477
All

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GND
DDM - DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module 9C19
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door UNLOCK Driver circuit in the driver door
module 9C19 connector to body ground.
All
Yes
Repair the Driver Door Unlock Driver Wire for a short to ground.
No
Go To

Repair
Replace the Driver Door Module
478
All

Symptom:
*LEFT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN DOOR LOCK MOTOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
connector.
Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Ensure the Passenger Door Module 9C19 connector is connected.
Connect a test light between the Door Lock Driver and the Door Unlock Driver
terminals in the left rear door lock motor/ajar connector.
With the DRB III actuate the 9Pas Lock Relay9 and then the 9Pas Unlock Relay9 and
observe the test light.
Did the test light illuminate when the lock was actuated in both directions?
All
Yes

No
Go To
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM C1
Yes
Go To
No

All
connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

479
All

Symptom:
*LIFTGATE LOCK FAILS TO LOCK/UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN LIFTGATE LOCK MOTOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the liftgate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Liftgate Lock Motor
connector.
Disconnect the Liftgate Lock Motor connector.
Note: Ensure the Passenger Door Module (C1( connector is connected.
terminals in the liftgate lock motor connector.
All
Yes
Replace the Liftgate Lock Motor.

No
Go To
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver ckt between the PDM connector and
the liftgate lock motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver ckt between the PDM connector
and the liftgate lock motor connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

480
All

Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
connector.
Note: Ensure the Passenger Door Module (C1( connector is connected.
terminals in the passenger door lock motor/ajar connector.
All
Yes

No
Go To
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

481
All

Symptom:
*RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
connector.
Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Ensure the Passenger Door Module 9C19 connector is connected.
terminals in the right rear door lock motor/ajar connector.
All
Yes
Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor.

No
Go To
connector.
Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
connector.
and the right rear door lock motor connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

482
All

Symptom:
*RKE INOPERATIVE - JAPAN ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DIAGNOSTIC OUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DIAGNOSTIC OUT CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - RKE INOPERATIVE
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove the driver door trim panel.
Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM).
Key off. Turn all lights off.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the voltage between Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit.

All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Diagnostic Out circuits (cavities 5 &
6).
Yes
Repair the Diagnostic Out circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Diagnostic Out circuit between the RKE module
connector (cavities 5 & 6) and the DDM connector (cavity 8).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms at all terminals?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Diagnostic Out circuit.

483
All

*RKE INOPERATIVE - JAPAN ONLY
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the Diagnostic Out circuit in the RKE connector.
Is the voltage between 4.8 and 5.2 vol6ts?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All

Repair
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.
484
All

Symptom:
*RKE TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RKE TRANSMITTER BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
RKE TRANSMITTER NOT PROGRAMMED
RKE TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE DEFECTIVE RKE INOP
TEST
1
ACTION
Remove the batteries from the transmitter.
Using a voltmeter, test the Batteries.
Is the voltage above 3.0 volts in each battery?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Batteries.

APPLICABILITY
All
With the DRB select BODY, DOOR MODULES, MISCELLANEOUS, then PROGRAM RKE. Follow instructions on the screen.
Exit PROGRAM RKE. Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter.
Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands ?
Yes
Repair complete. Using the DRB, program all other Transmitters

used with this Vehicle.
No
Go To
All
Secure a known good Transmitter.

Using the DRB select BODY, DOOR MODULES, MISCELLANOUS then PROGRAM
RKE. Follow the instructions on the DRB screen.
Exit PROGRAM RKE. Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter.
Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands ?
Yes
Replace the Transmitter. Program all Transmitters that will be

used with this Vehicle.
No
Go To
All
Note: When repairs are complete ensure all transmitters used with this
vehicle are programmed
4

Repair
485
All

Symptom:
*RKE TRANSMITTER POOR RANGE - JAPAN ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ANTENNA SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - POOR RANGE
TEST
1
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Antenna Signal circuit between caities 1 & 2.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Antenna Signal circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All

Repair
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.
486
All
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure the memory seat operates properly before continuing. If not, refer to symptom
list for problems related to MEMORY SYSTEM..
All
Repair
487
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - SENSOR GROUND OPEN
DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - MEMORY MIRROR OPEN
DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DRIVER POWER MIRROR - MEMORY OPEN
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - MEMORY CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: The following list of items should be checked before continuing with
any power mirror tests.
Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding.
Ensure there is communication with the DDM, PDM and the BCM before proceeding.
Ensure the mirror directional switches are working properly before proceeding. If
not, replace the DDM.
Ensure the mirror select switch is working properly before proceeding. If not, replace
the DDM.
Ensure both mirrors are operational from the DDM. If not, refer to SERVICE
INFORMATION.
If all items are operational, continue.
All
Continue
Go To
2
With the DRBIIIt read the Drv Mirror Horiz Volts.

Operate the mirror from left to right and observe the DRB.
Does the voltage vary from approximately 1.0 to 4.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
With the DRBIIIt read the Drv Mirror Vert Volts.

Operate the mirror from down to up and observe the DRB.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
488
All
All
POWER MIRROR
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
5
Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector.

Disconnect the DDM C2 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Mirror Sensor Ground wire between the Driver Power
Mirror connector and the DDM C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Sensor Ground wire.

All

Ensure the DDM C2 connector is connected at this time.
Turn ignition off. Turn all lights off.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the
Driver Power Mirror connector..
Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the voltage between Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Measure the voltage between Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10
All
All
All
Repair
Replace the Driver Power Mirror.
10

Measure the resistance between the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit and the Mirror
Vertical Position Signal circuit in the DDM C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the Mirror Sensor Ground wire for a short to the Mirror
Vertical Position Signal wire.
No
Go To
11
489
All
POWER MIRROR
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the DDM C2 connector.
All
12
13
14
15
16
Yes
Horizontal Position Signal wire.
No
Go To
12

Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
13

Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
14

Measure the resistance of the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the
DDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire.

All
15

Measure the resistance of the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit between the
DDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire.

All
16

Repair
490
All
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FOLDING MIRROR TEST
DRIVER POWER MIRROR - FOLDING MIRROR OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDAWAY MIRROR OPEN
POWER FOLDING MIRROR FEED WIRE OPEN
POWER FOLDING MIRROR FEED WIRE SHORTED TO GROUND
POWER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN WIRE OPEN
POWER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN WIRE SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - FOLDING MIRROR OPEN
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - FOLDAWAY MIRROR OPEN
BOTH FOLDING MIRRORS INOPERATIVE
DRIVER POWER MIRROR - SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER POWER MIRROR - SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding. If not OK, refer to
symptom list for problems related to INTERIOR LIGHTING.
Ensure there is communication with the DDM and the BCM before proceeding. If not
OK, refer to symptom list for problems related to COMMUNICATION.
the DDM.
All
Continue
Go To
491
POWER MIRROR
TEST
2
Continued
ACTION
Ensure all doors are closed.
Operate the mirrors from the power foldaway switch and observe both mirrors.
What did you observe.
APPLICABILITY
All
Neither mirror folded or opened.

Driver mirror failed to fold or open.
Go To 3
Passenger mirror failed to fold or open.
Go To 11
Both mirrors folded and opened.
Mirrors are operating properly at this time. Check for intermittent failure from doors and foldaway switches.
3
Key off. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C2 connector.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed circuit
in the DDM C2 connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Key off. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector.

Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire in
the PDM 9C29 connector.
Yes
Repair the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire for a short to ground.
No
Go To
All
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Return wire
in the PDM C2 connector.
Yes
Repair the Power Folding Mirror Return wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Driver Power Mirror.
492
All
POWER MIRROR
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure the DDM C2 connector is connected at this time.

Connect a 12-volt test light between the Power Folding Mirror Feed and the Power
Folding Mirror Return circuits in the Driver Power Mirror connector.
With the DRBIIIt actuate Drv Foldaway In then the Drv Foldaway Out relays.
Did the test light illuminate when the relays were activated in BOTH directions?
All
10
Yes
Replace the Driver Foldaway Mirror.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire between the PDM C2
connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Feed wire.

All

Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Return wire between the PDM
C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Return wire.

All
10
All
Repair
11
12

Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed circuit
Yes
Go To
12
No
Go To
15

Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire in
the PDM 9C29 connector.
Yes
Repair the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire for a short to ground.
No
Go To
13
493
All
All
POWER MIRROR
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Return wire
All
14
Yes
Repair the Power Folding Mirror Return wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
14
All
Repair
Replace the Passenger Power Mirror.
15
16
17
18
Ensure the PDM C2 connector is connected at this time.

Connect a 12-volt test light between the Power Folding Mirror Feed and the Power
Folding Mirror Return circuits in the Passenger Power Mirror connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate 9Pas Foldaway In9 then the 9Pas Foldaway Out9 relays.
Did the test light illuminate when the relays were activated in BOTH directions?
Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Foldaway Mirror.

No
Go To
All
16

Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire between the PDM C2
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Feed wire.

All
17

Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Return wire between the PDM
C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Return wire.

All
18

Repair
494
All
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - SENSOR GROUND OPEN
PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - MEMORY MIRROR OPEN
PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER POWER MIRROR - MEMORY OPEN
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - MEMORY CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding.
Ensure there is communication with the DDM, PDM and the BCM before proceeding.
the DDM.
Ensure both mirrors are operational from the DDM. If not, refer to SERVICE
INFORMATION.
All
Continue
Go To
2
With the DRBIIIt read the Pas Mirror Horiz Volts.

Operate the mirror from left to right and observe the DRB.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
With the DRBIIIt, read the Pas Mirror Vert Volts.

Operate the mirror from down to up and observe the DRB.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
495
All
All
POWER MIRROR
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
5

Disconnect the PDM C2 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Mirror Sensor Ground wire between the PDM C2
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Sensor Ground wire.

All
Ensure the PDM C2 connector is connected at this time.

Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights off.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the
Passenger Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the voltage between Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Measure the voltage between Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10
All
All
All
Repair
Replace the Passenger Power Mirror.
10

Vertical Position Signal circuit in the PDM C2 connector.
Yes
Vertical Position Signal wire.
No
Go To
11
496
All
POWER MIRROR
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the PDM C2 connector.
All
12
13
14
15
16
Yes
Horizontal Position Signal wire.
No
Go To
12

Disconnect the passenger Power Mirror connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
13

Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
14

Measure the resistance of the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the
PDM 9C29 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire.

All
15

Measure the resistance of the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit between the
PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire.

All
16

Repair
497
All
POWER TOP
Symptom:
ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI

ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI
When Monitored:
Igniton in 9RUN9 and IOD fuse/connector installed.
Set Condition: The BCM is trying to activate the sunroof (accy) delay relay. The fault is
set when the BCM tries to pull this input low and excessive current is sinked into the BCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY COIL
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
SUNROOF SECTION OF BCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay.
Measure the resistance of the relay coil across terminals 1 and 2 or (85 and 86) of the
relay.
All
Below 65.0 ohms

Replace the Sunroof Delay Relay.
Between 65 and 90 ohms
Go To 2
2

Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Sunroof Delay Relay Control circuit at the Junction Block
BCM connector.
Yes

No
Go To
All

Repair
498
All
POWER TOP
Symptom:
*SUNROOF DELAY INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SUNROOF SECTION OF BCM
REFER TO MOTOR INOP
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The sunroof will be operational for approximately 45 seconds after the ignition has
been turned off. If either front door is opened, power to the sunroof will be
immediately removed.
Ensure that both front doors are closed.
Turn ignition on.
Open and close the sunroof.
What happened while opening and closing the sunroof?
All
Opened and closed normally

Failed to open
Refer to symptom list for problems related to SUNROOF MOTOR
INOPERATIVE.
Failed to close
Refer to symptom list for problems related to SUNROOF MOTOR
INOPERATIVE.
499
POWER TOP
Symptom:
*SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTC
OPEN RELAY CONTACT
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY COIL
SUNROOF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWN FUSE #25
FUSE #25 DEFECTIVE
JUNCTION BLOCK DEFECTIVE
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY CONTROL J/B OPEN
SUNROOF OPEN SWITCH OPEN
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
SUNROOF VENT SWITCH OPEN
SUNROOF MOTOR B+ WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SUNROOF MOTOR B- WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SUNROOF GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SUNROOF MOTOR SHORT TO GROUND
9OPEN9 POWER SUNROOF OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN POWER SUNROOF VENT CIRCUIT
OPEN SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN RELAY CONTROL
SUNROOF ASSEMBLY MODULE OR MOTOR OPEN
SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE - SHORT TO GROUND
SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display 9Accessory Delay Relay Shorted Hi9
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to ACCESSORY

DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI.
No
Go To
500
APPLICABILITY
All
POWER TOP
TEST
2
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the relay coil across terminals 1 & 2 or 85 & 86.
APPLICABILITY
All
Below 65.0 ohms

Between 65 and 85 ohms
Go To 3
3
Turn ignition off.

Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay
cavity #30 and cavity #85 to ground.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts in both cavities?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
16
Connect a test light between the Fused B(+) ckt and the Sunroof Delay Relay Control
ckt (cavities 85 & 86) in the relay connector.
Turn the ignition to the 9Run9 position and observe the test light..
Does the test light illuminate when ignition is in the 9On9 position?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
14

Remove the Sunroof Delay Relay
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B(+) ckt and the Sunroof Delay Relay
Output ckt (cavities 30 & 87) in the relay connector.
Turn the ignition on and operate the sunroof.
Did the sunroof motor operate?
Yes

No
Go To
All
All
All

Gain access to the sunroof switch and disconnect the connector.
Measure the resistance of the ground circuit at the sunroof switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the sunroof switch ground circuit for an open.

501
All
POWER TOP
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect an ohmmeter between the power sunroof open circuit and the ground circuit
on the sunroof switch.
When pressing the 9open9 button on the sunroof switch does the meter read less than
5.0 ohms?
All
10
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Sunroof Switch.


Connect an ohmmeter between the power sunroof vent/close circuit and the ground
circuit on the sunroof switch.
When pressing the 9vent/close9 button on the sunroof switch does the meter read less
than 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Sunroof Switch.

All

Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control
Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console, remove the 9A9 pillar
trim, sunvisors, assist handles and sunroof pinch welt).
Measure the resistance of the ground circuit in the Sunroof Control Module
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the power sunroof assembly open ground circuit.

All
10

Measure the resistance of the Power Sunroof Open circuit between the Sunroof
Control Module and the Sunroof Switch.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Power Sunroof Open circuit for an open.

11
502
All
POWER TOP
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Gain access to the Sunroof Switch and disconnect the connector.
Measure the resistance of the Power Sunroof Vent circuit between the Sunroof
Control Module and the Sunroof Switch.
All
12
13
14
15
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Power Sunroof Vent circuit for an open.

12

Measure the resistance of the sunroof delay relay output circuit between the power
sunroof control module connector and the sunroof delay relay cavity 87.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Sunroof Delay Relay Output circuit for an open.

All
13
Remove the headliner as per instructions in 9Service Information9.

Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector.
Momentarily apply Fused 12 volts to the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit and ground the
Sunroof Motor B- circuit in the Module connector (the motor should run).
Reverse the polarity by switching the power and ground (the motor should run in the
opposite direction).
Did the glass move in both directions?
Yes
Run the motor until the Sunroof is fully closed and replace the
Sunroof Control Module
No
Replace the Sunroof Motor.

Turn ignition off.

Remove the Body Control Module.
Measure the resistance of the Sunroof Delay Relay Control circuit between the
Junction Block BCM connector and the Sunroof Delay Relay cavity #86.
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
15

Repair
503
All
POWER TOP
TEST
16
17
18
19
20
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #25.
Is the fuse open?
No

Yes
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
17
Replace the juction block fuse #25 with a known good fuse.
Turn ignition on and operate the sunroof.
Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #25.
Is the fuse blown?
Yes
Go To
No
Replacing the open fuse has corrected the problem. Test complete.
All
18
Turn ignition off.

Remove the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay.
Remove the Junction Block Fuse #25.
Measure the resistance of the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay cavity #30 in the
Junction Block to ground.
Yes
Replace the defective Junction Block.

No
Go To
All
19

trim, sun visors, assist handles and sunroof pinch welt).
Measure the resistance of the sunroof delay relay output circuit at the Sunroof
Control Module connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the Sunroof Delay Relay Output circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
20

Disconnect the sunroof motor 2-way connector.
Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit.
Yes
Repair the Sunroof Motor B+ wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
21
504
All
POWER TOP
TEST
21
22
23
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the Sunroof Motor 2-way connector.
Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B- circuit.
Yes
Repair the Sunroof Motor B- wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
22

Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector.
Ensure the Sunroof Motor connector is connected before proceeding.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms
Yes
Replace the Sunroof Motor.

No
Go To
All
23

Repair
Replace the Sunroof Control Module.
505
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*ALL POWER WINDOWS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODULE RESPONSE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - WINDOWS INOPERATIVE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the DOOR MODULE status.
Is the DRBIII able to access Both Door Modules?
No
Refer to the COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom(s).

Yes
Replace the Driver Door Module..

506
APPLICABILITY
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WINDOW SWITCH OPEN
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WINDOW MOTOR OPEN
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel.

Disconnect the rear window switch connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, check the Driver Rear Window Driver
Up and Down circuits.
Did the test light illuminate brightly on both circuits?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Switch connector.
Warning: Keep the window area clear as the window SHOULD move up and
down in this test.
Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Down terminal in the switch
Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector
and momentarily connect it to the Rear Window Driver Up terminal in the switch
connector.
Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the opposite direction.
Did the Window Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Replace the Rear Window Switch.

No
Go To
507
All
POWER WINDOWS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector.
Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit between the window
switch connector and the window motor connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Window Driver Down wire for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit between the window switch
connector and the window motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Window Driver Up wire for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Window Driver Up Wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
Replace the Rear Window Motor.
8

Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Down circuit between the
DDM connector and the Window Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Down wire for an open..
508
All
POWER WINDOWS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Driver Rear Widow Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Up circuit between the
DDM connector and the Window Switch connector.
All
10
11
12
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Up wire for an open.

10

Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Up circuit to ground..
Yes
Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Up wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
11

Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Down circuit to ground..
Yes
Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Down wire for a short to
ground.
No
Go To
All
12

Repair
Replace the Driver Door Module (output open)
509
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
This test assumes that the driver rear window IS operational from the driver rear
door switch. Ensure the driver rear window is operational from the driver rear door
switch.
If is not, refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVER REAR WINDOW
INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES. SWITCHES.
All
Repair
510
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
SWITCH DEFECTIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note Ensure the Window Lock out Switch on the DDM is operating properly
before proceeding.
Disconnect the Power Window Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit to ground.
All
Yes
Replace the Power Window Switch.

No

511
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - OPEN SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN
MOTOR CIRCUIT CHECK
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
MOTOR DEFECTIVE OPEN
MOTOR DEFECTIVE SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Connect the DRBIII and select: 9Body9, 9Door Modules9, 9Actuators9

With the DRBIII actuate the 9DRV F WIN UP RLY9 and then the 9DRV F WIN DN
RLY9..
Did the window operate up and down?
All
Yes
Replace the Driver Door Module (switch input open)

No
Go To

down in this test.
Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Window Driver Down terminal to the ground
terminal.
Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Window Driver Up terminal and momentarily
connect it to the Fused B(+) terminal.
Did the window motor operate up and down?
Yes
Replace the Driver Door Module (output open).

No
Go To
512
All
POWER WINDOWS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Turn ignition off.
Measure and record the total resistance of the motor ckt between the Driver Window
Driver Up ckt and the Driver Window Driver Down ckt in the DDM 9C19 connector
(should be under 5.0 ohms).
Measure and record the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground
in the DDM 9C19 connector (should be infinite).
Turn ignition on.
Measure and record the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground in
the DDM 9C19 connector (should be zero).
What were your readings
All
Total resistance above 5.0 ohms

Go To 4
Resistance to gnd less than 1000 ohms
Go To 7
Voltage above 0.02 volts
Go To 10
None of the above
Check and repair any reasons for the window regulator to bind. If
the mechanism is OK, replace the power window motor.
4
Disconnect the driver door module 9C19 connector.

Disconnect the driver power window motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Up circuit between the DDM
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Window Driver up wire for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down circuit between the DDM
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Window Driver down wire for an open.

All

Repair
Replace the power window motor.
513
All
POWER WINDOWS
TEST
7
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Up circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Driver Window Driver up wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground.
Yes
Repair the Driver Window Driver Down wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
All
Repair
Replace the Power Window Motor (internal short)
10
11

Measure the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Up ckt to ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Window Driver Up wire?
Yes
Repair the Driver Window Driver Up wire for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All
11

Measure the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Window Driver Down wire?
Yes
Repair the Driver Window Driver Down wire for a short to

voltage.
No
Test Complete.
514
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER
SWITCHES
REAR
WINDOW
INOPERATIVE
FROM
BOTH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WINDOW SWITCH OPEN
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WINDOW MOTOR OPEN
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the rear window switch connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, check the Passenger Rear Window
Driver Up and Down circuits.
Did the test light illuminate brightly on both circuits?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Switch connector.
down in this test.
Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Down terminal in the switch
Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector
and momentarily connect it to the Rear Window Driver Up terminal in the switch
connector.
Did the Window Motor operate in both directions?
Yes
Replace the Rear Window Switch.

No
Go To
515
All
POWER WINDOWS
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit between the window
switch connector and the window motor connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Window Driver Down wire for an open.


Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Window Driver Down Wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit between the window switch
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Window Driver Up wire for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Window Driver Up Wire for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
Replace the Rear Window Motor.
8

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down circuit between
the PDM connector and the Window Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Passenger Rear Window Driver Down wire.

516
All
POWER WINDOWS
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Passenger Rear Widow Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up circuit between the
PDM connector and the Window Switch connector.
All
10
11
12
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up wire for an open.

10

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up circuit to ground..
Yes
Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
11

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down circuit to
ground..
Yes
Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down wire for a short
to ground.
No
Go To
All
12

Repair
Replace the Passenger Door Module (output open)
517
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
This test assumes that the passenger rear window IS operational from the passenger
window switches. If it is not, Refer to symptom list for problems related to Passenger
Rear Window Inoperative from Both Switches.
All
Repair
518
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER
SWITCH
REAR
WINDOW
INOPERATIVE
FROM
REAR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
SWITCH DEFECTIVE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
before proceeding.
Disconnect the Power Window Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit to ground.
All
Yes
Replace the Power Window Switch.

No

519
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OPEN SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN
PASSENGER MOTOR CIRCUIT CHECK
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WINDOW MOTOR OPEN
WINDOW MOTOR SHORT TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure there is communication with the Passenger and Driver Door
Modules before proceeding.
Connect the DRBIII and select: 9Body9 9Door Modules9 9Actuators9
With the DRBIII actuate the 9PASS F WIN UP RLY9 and then the 9PASS F WIN DN
RLY9..
Did the window operate up and down?
All
Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Module (switch input open)

No
Go To

down in this test.
Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Window Driver Down terminal to the
ground terminal .
Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Window Driver Up terminal and
momentarily connect it to the Fused B(+) terminal.
Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the oposite direction.
Did the window motor operate up and down?
Yes
Replace the Passenger Door Module (output open).

No
Go To
520
All
POWER WINDOWS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Turn ignition off.
Measure and record the total resistance of the motor circuit between the Passenger
Window Driver Up circuit and the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit in the
PDM 9C19 connector (should be under 5.0 ohms).
Measure and record the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to
ground in the PDM 9C19 connector (should be infinite).
Turn ignition on.
Measure and record the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to
ground in the PDM 9C19 connector (should be zero).
What were your readings
All
Total resistance above 5.0 ohms

Go To 4
Resistance to gnd less than 1000 ohms
Go To 7
Voltage above 0.02 volts
Go To 10
None of the above
Check and repair any reasons for the window regulator to bind. If
the mechanism is OK, replace the power window motor.
4

Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit between the
PDM connector and the window motor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit between the PDM
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for an open.

All

Repair
Replace the Power Window Motor.
521
All
POWER WINDOWS
Continued
TEST
7
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All
All
Repair
Replace the Power Window Motor (internal short)
10
11

Measure the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Window Driver Down wire?
Yes
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for a short to

voltage.
No
Go To
All
11

Measure the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit to ground.
Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Window Driver Up wire?
Yes
Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for a short to

voltage.
No
Test Complete.
522
All
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE - PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERABLE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
This test assumes that the passenger window IS operational from the passenger door
module. If it is not, refer to the symptom Passenger Window Inoperative from Both
Switches in the Power Window category.
All
Repair
523
POWER WINDOWS
Symptom:
*PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM PDM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - SWITCH FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
before proceeding.
This test assumes that the passenger window IS operational from the Driver Door
Module. If it is not, refer to symptom Passenger Window Inoperative from Both
Switches in the Power Window category.
All
Repair
524
Symptom:
HORN RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED HI
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN RELAY - INTERNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BCM - HORN RELAY CONTROL SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TEST
1
ACTION
Substitute the Horn Relay with a good relay.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTCs.
Press the horn pad several times.
Did the Horn Relay Ckt Shorted Hi trouble code reset?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the original Horn Relay.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove the Horn Relay from the Power Distribution Center.
Measure the voltage between the Horn Relay Control circuit and ground.
Yes
Repair the Horn Relay Control circuit for a short to voltage.

No

525
All
Symptom:
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ALARM TRIPPED BY
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the Alarm Trip By status.
Were there any causes displayed?
Yes
Refer to Symptom List for problems related to the component

indicated by the DRBIIIt.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
NOTE: The condition that caused the alarm is not present at this time. The
following list may help in indentifying the intermittent condition.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Visually inspect related wiring harnesses. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or
partially broken wires.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for loose connections,
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
526
All
Symptom:
*DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR MODULE RESET
RESET DOOR MODULE
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OPEN DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt in VTSS, Sensor Display, read the Driver Key Cylinder Sw voltage.
Rotate the Key in the Door Key Cylinder from the normal position to the unlock
position.
Does the Driver Key Cylinder Sw voltage change from 5.0 to 1.6 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Reset the DDM by removing and reinstalling the JB POWER Fuse #12 in the Power
Distribution Center.
Attempt to disarm the VTSS using the Door Key.
Can the VTSS now be disarmed using the Door Key?
Yes
Resetting the Driver Door Module has corrected the problem.

No

Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector.

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Driver Cylinder Lock
Switch Ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Ground circuit for an

open.
All
All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Driver Cylinder Lock
Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Driver Door Cylinder Lock Switch Sense circuit for a
short to ground.
No
Go To
527
All
*DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
Yes
Replace the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch in accordance with the

No
Repair the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Sense circuit for an open.
528
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*HAZARD LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY HAZARD OPERATION
BCM -- HAZARDS INOPERATIVE WITH VTSS ALARM TRIPPED
JUNCTION BLOCK
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Hazard Lamps on.
Do the Hazard Lamps operate properly?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Check and diagnose related Body Control Module Diagnostic

Trouble Codes. If no DTCs are present, refer to the Service
Information.

Connect a jumper wire between cavity 10 of the Junction Block and ground.
Do the hazard lamps operate?
Yes

No

529
All
Symptom:
*HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY LOW BEAM OPERATION
BCM -- HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WHEN VTSS IS IN ALARM
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the Low Beam Headlamps on.
Do the Low Beam Headlamps operate properly?
Yes

No
Refer to the Exterior Lighting symptom list and also check for
related Body Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Codes.
530
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*HORN FAILS TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK HORN OPERATION
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE-OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
Push the Horn Button on the Steering Wheel.
Does the Horn operate properly?
Yes
Go To
No
Check for and diagnose related Body Control Module Diagnostic

Trouble Codes. If there are no DTCs present, refer to the Service
Information to diagnose the horn system.
APPLICABILITY
All
Remove the BCM from the junction block.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Horn Relay Control circuit
at the J/B side of the Junction Block-to-Body Control Module connector.
While monitoring the test light, press the horn button on the steering wheel.
Did the test light illuminate when the horn button was pressed?
Yes
Replace the Body Contol Module.

No

531
All
Symptom:
*THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE VTSS STATUS
CHECK FOR DTCS AND VTSS ARMING INHIBITORS
BODY CONTROL MODULE - NO ALARM OUTPUT
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, check that the Theft Alarm is enabled.
Was the Theft Alarm enabled?
Yes
Go To
No
With the DRBIIIt, enable the Vehicle Theft Security System

(VTSS).
APPLICABILITY
All
Make sure the liftgate, liftgate flip-up, hood and all doors are closed.
Remove the key from the ignition.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active DTCs, ajar switch states, and the key-in-ignition
switch state.
Does the DRBIIIt display any closed switches or VTSS related DTCs?
Yes
Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom in the CHIME, DOOR AJAR or VTSS category.
No

532
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM DRVR DOOR
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW status.
Open the driver door.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
533
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM HOOD (IF EQUIPPED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR HOOD AJAR RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM HOOD
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the HOOD AJAR SW status.
Open the hood.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom HOOD AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR

category.
534
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LR DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the LR DOOR AJAR SW status.
Open the left rear door.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
535
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR LIFTGATE SW RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LIFTGATE
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the LIFTGATE SW status.
Open the liftgate.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom LIFTGATE AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR

AJAR category.
536
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the LIFTGLASS SW status.
Open the liftgate flip-up glass.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom Lftgate Flip-Up Ajar Circuit Open in the DOOR

AJAR category.
537
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM PASSENGER DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW status.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
538
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM RR DOOR
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the RR DOOR AJAR SW status.
Open the right rear door.
Yes

No
Refer to symptom RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
539
APPLICABILITY
All
Symptom:
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN VTSS INDICATOR FUSED B(+) SUPPLY
OPEN VTSS LED
VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE--OPEN INTERNAL VTSS DRIVER
TEST
1
ACTION
Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the VTSS Fused B+ circuit for an open.

APPLICABILITY
All
Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor VTSS/LED harness connector.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the VTSS Indicator Driver
circuit.
With the DRB in Vehicle Theft, actuate the VTSS Indicator lamp.
Does the test light illuminate when the VTSS Indicator lamp is actuated?
Yes
Replace the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED assembly.

No
Go To
All
Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/ VTSS LED harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit.
Yes

No
Repair the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit for an open.

540
All

Symptom:
WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE

When Monitored:
Ignition key in run position.
Set Condition: If the resistance of the washer fluid level sensor input to the BCM is high
causing the voltage to be above 4.8 volts for 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC - WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE
WASHER FLUID SWITCH CONNECTOR INSPECTION
WASHER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSE SHORT TO BATTERY
BCM, WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
WASHER SWITCH OPEN
BCM WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition on.

With the DRBIII, Erase BCM DTCs
Turn ignition off then turn ignition on.
Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position, then low and high speed
positions, then push the washer switch.
Wait 5 minutes before reading the BCM DTC.
With the DRBIII read BCM DTCs.
Does the DRB show 9WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE9?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete, code not present at this time.
With the DRBIII, access BCM Sensors.

Turn ignition on.
Read the Washer Fluid level switch voltage.
Is the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes
Go To
No

541
All

TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Inspect the Washer Fluid Level Switch connector.
Is the switch properly connected?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Washer Fluid level switch connector as necessary.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Washer Fluid Level Ground circuit
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Washer Fluid Level Switch Ground circuit.

All
Turn ignition on.

Connect a voltmeter between the Washer Fluid Level Sense circuit and ground at the
Washer Fluid Level Switch connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Washer Fluid Level Switch circuit short to battery.

All
NOTE: If the circuit is not shorted to battery, reinstall the BCM C2

connector.
6

With the DRBIIIt, access the BCM Sensors.
Read the Washer Fluid Switch voltage.
Back probe a jumper wire between the Washer Fluid Level Sense circuit at the BCM
C2 connector and ground.
Is the Washer Fluid Level Sense voltage below 1.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No

All
Turn ignition on.

With the DRBIII, access BCM Sensors.
Connect a jumper wire between the Washer Fluid Level Sense circuit at the Washer
Fluid Level Switch connector and ground .
With the DRBIIIt, read the WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH VOLTAGE.
Is the Washer Fluid level Sense voltage below 1.0
Yes
Replace the Washer Fluid Level Switch.

No
Repair the open Washer Fluid Level Switch circuit.

542
All

Symptom:
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH

When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied
to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit.
Set Condition: If the BCM detects high current on the wiper on/off relay control circuit
the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC - WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY COIL SHORTED
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
BCM DEFECTIVE - WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition on.

positions.
Does the DRB show 9WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH9?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Turn ignition off.

Remove the On/Off Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean / repair as necessary.
Using an ohmmeter, measure between terminals #85 and #86 of the Wiper On/Off
Relay.
Yes
Replace the Wiper ON/Off Relay.

No
Go To
543
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the Ignition Off.

Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay.
Disconnect the BCM C1 Connector.
Turn the Ignition On (Engine Off).
Using a voltmeter, measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit at the BCM C1
Connector.
All
Yes
Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit shorted to battery.

No
Go To

Disconnect the Wiper On/Off Relay.
Connect a voltmeter between cavity 85 of the On/Off Relay and chassis ground.
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Replace the Body Control Module. Wiper On/Off Relay Control

circuit shorted to battery.
No
Test Complete.
544
All

Symptom:
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT

Set Condition:
circuit.
If the BCM cannot sense any voltage on the wiper on/off relay control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK CIRCUIT BREAKER C1 OPEN
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC - WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
COMMON CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
HIGH SPEED OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
LOW SPEED OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM DEFECTIVE- WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition on.

positions.
Does the DRB show 9WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW/OPEN9?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Disconnect the Junction Block Circuit Breaker C1.

Install a known good circuit breaker in place of the Junction Block C1 Circuit
Breaker.
Yes
Replace the Junction Block Circuit Breaker C1.

No
Go To
545
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker.
Note: Check connectors - Clean / repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Junction Block C2-9 Fused Ignition Switch
Output Run/ACC and ground.
Using an Ohmmeter, measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit
from the Wiper On/Off Relay connector (cavity 86) and ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit.


Remove the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker.
Using an ohmmeter, measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the
On/Off Relay (Cavity 86) and ground.
Yes
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit

shorted to ground.
No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Wiper Motor connector.
Disconnect the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker.
Using an ohmmeter, measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit
between the Wiper Motor Connector and ground.
Yes
Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit for a

short to ground.
No
Go To
All

Remove the Wiper High/Low and On/Off Relays.
Measure the resistance of the Wiper Relay Common circuit between the High/Low
Relay (cavity 30) and ground.
No
Go To
Yes
Repair the Wiper Relay Common circuit for a short to ground.

546
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Wiper High/Low Relay.
Using an ohmmeter, measure the High Speed Output circuit at the High/Low Relay
(cavity 87).
All
10
Yes
Repair the High Speed Output circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To

Remove the Wiper High/Low Relay.
Using an ohmmeter, measure the Low Speed Output circuit at the High/Low Relay
(cavity 87A).
Yes
Repair the Low Speed Output circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
All

Connect a jumper wire to the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the Body
Control Module C1 connector and ground.
Using a ohmmeter, measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the
Wiper On/Off Relay cavity 85 of the Power Distribution Center and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit.

All
10

Using a ohmmeter, measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the
Wiper On/Off Relay cavity 85 of the Power Distribution Center and ground.
Yes
Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
11
547
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Connect a test light between cavity 85 and 86 of the Wiper On/Off Relay in the Power
Distribution Center.
Turn the Ignition On (Engine Off).
With the DRBIII actuate the Wiper Relay.
Does the test light pulse on and off with the DRBIII actuating the wiper relay?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the Body Control Module,shorted low/open.

Note: Stop the Wiper Motor actuation.
548

Symptom:
WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE

Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM does not detect a low to high voltage
transition on the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit within 8 seconds after energizing the
wiper relay On/Off relay.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIPER PARK SWITCH OPERATION
WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER MOTOR OPERATION
BCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt, erase BCM DTCs.
Cycle the ignition off and then on.
Turn the windshield wiper switch to each intermittent position, then low and high
speed positions.
Turn the windshield wiper switch to the Low Speed position.
With the DRBIIIt, read BCM DTCs.
Does the DRB display WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE?
All
Yes
Go To
No
At this time the condition to set the code is not present. Inspect
the related wiring harness and connectors, repair as necessary.
549

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit in the Windshield Wiper
Motor harness connector.
All
Yes
Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit between the Junction
Block C2 harness connector and the Wiper Motor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit in
the Junction Block C2 harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
All

NOTE: Ensure the ignition switch, all lights and accessories are turned off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuit in the
Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Wiper Motor Ground circuit for an open.

All

Turn ignition on.
Using a voltmeter measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit at the
Wiper Motor connector.
Is the voltage above 10 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit.

550
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the wiper park switch state.
Connect one end of a jumper wire to the wiper park switch sense circuit at the
windshield wiper motor harness connector.
While observing the DRBIIIt, connect the other end of the jumper wire to ground for
several seconds, then disconnect the jumper wire from ground.
Did the wiper park switch input change state when connected to ground then
disconnected from ground?
All
Yes
Replace the Wiper Motor.

No

551

Symptom:
WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN

Set Condition: If the voltage on the wiper switch MUX circuit is above 4.8 volts for more
than 5 seconds the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC - WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT MULTI - FUNCTION SWITCH DEFECTIVE, WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT
OPEN
BCM DEFECTIVE - WIPER MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition on.

positions.
Does the DRB show 9WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN9?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Right Multi - Function Switch connector.
Using an ohmmeter, Measure the resistance of the Wiper Switch Return circuit
between the BCM C2 connector and the Right Multi - Function connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Windshield Wiper Switch Return circuit.

552
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Using an ohmmeter, Measure the resistance of the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX
circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Right Multi - Function connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit.

Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Right Multi - Function Switch Connector.
Turn the Windshield Wiper Switch to the 9OFF9 position.
Connect an ohmmeter between the Right Multi - Function Switch terminals #7 and
#8.
Observe the ohmmeter while turning the Windshield Wiper Switch from the 9 OFF9
position to the 9High speed9 position.
Is the resistance below 40.0 ohms in any position
Yes
Replace the Right Multi - Function Switch.

No
Go To
All

With a jumper, back probe a jumper wire between the Wiper Switch Return Circuit
and the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit at the BCM C2 connector.
Turn Ignition on.
With the DRBIII, read the WIPER MODE SW VOLTS sensor.
Does the DRBIII show the sensor volts above 4.8 volts?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
553
All

Symptom:
WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND

Set Condition: If the voltage on the wiper switch MUX circuit drops below 0.3 volts for
more than 5 seconds the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC - WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT MULTI - FUNCTION SWITCH DEFECTIVE, WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
GROUND
BCM DEFECTIVE - WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition on.

positions.
Does the DRB show 9WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND9?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Turn ignition off.

Using an ohmmeter, Measure the resistance of the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX
circuit between the BCM C2 connector and ground.
Yes
Repair the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit shorted to

ground.
No
Go To
554
All

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Disconnect the Right Multi - Function Switch Connector.
Turn the Windshield Wiper Switch to the 9OFF9 position.
Using an ohmmeter, measure between the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit and
the Wiper Switch Return circuit of the Right Multi - Function Switch.
Observe the ohmmeter while turning the Windshield Wiper Switch from the 9 OFF9
position to the 9High speed9 position.
Is the resistance below 40.0 ohms in any position.
All
Yes
Replace the Right Multi - Function Switch.

No
Go To

Turn Ignition on.
With the DRBIII, read the 9WIPER MODE SW VOLTS9 sensor.
Does the DRBIII show the sensor volts below 0.3 volts?
Yes

No
Test Complete.
555
All
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
45RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector.

2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
4. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43 Celsius 110 Fahrenheit.
5. Check the Transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
6. NOTE: If the TCM has been replaced or if the transmission has been repaired or
replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure.
7. NOTE: If the TCM is replaced, use the DRBIIIt to program Pinon Factor.
8. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make fifteen to twenty
1-2, 2-3, and 3-4 upshifts.
9. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 72 Km/h 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 40 Km/h 25 MPH, make five to eight wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow
at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. Check for DTCs during the road test.
Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test?
All
Yes
Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.
No
Repair is complete.
ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Turn the ignition off.

2. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
3. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
4. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from
ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system
that was malfunctioning.
5. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII, read
DTCs from ALL modules.
6. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present, return to Symptom list and troubleshoot new
or recurring symptom.
7. If there are no DTCs present after turning ignition on, road test the vehicle for at least 5
minutes. Perform several antilock braking stops.
8. Caution: Ensure braking capability is available before road testing.
9. Again, with the DRBIIIt read DTCs. If any DTCs are present, return to Symptom list.
10. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present, and the customers concern can
no longer be duplicated, the repair is complete.
Are any DTCs present or is the original concern still present?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
556
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected
components - except the Battery.
2. Turn the Ignition key On and reconnect the Battery.
3. Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.
4. Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes.
5. Turn the Ignition Off,and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.
6. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.
7. Note: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On/Off switch, read the DTCs in all switch
positions.
8. If the DRB shows any active or stored codes, return to the Symptom list and follow path
specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete.
Are any codes present?
All
YES
Select the appropriate system from the category List and continue
diagnostics.
NO
Repair is complete.
557
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and
connectors.
2. If the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) or the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) were
replaced, proceed to number 7. If the SKIM or PCM were not replaced, continue to the next
number.
3. If the Body Control Module was replaced, turn the ignition on for 15 seconds before
attempting to start (to learn VIN) or engine may not start (if VTSS equipped).
4. If the vehicle is equipped with VTSS, use the DRBIII and enable VTSS. Program other
options as necessary.
5. If the Passenger Door Module was replaced, use the DRBIII and program all RKE
transmitters used with this vehicle.
6. If any repairs were made to the HVAC System, disconnect the battery for 30 seconds and
then reconnect or using the DRBIII, recalibrate the HVAC doors. Proceed to number 14.
7. Obtain the Vehicles unique PIN assigned to its original SKIM from either the vehicles
invoice or from Chryslers Customer Center (1-800-992-1997).
8. With the DRBIII, select THEFT ALARM, SKIM, MISCELLANEOUS and select SKIM
REPLACED. Enter the 4 digit PIN to put SKIM in Secured Access Mode.
9. The DRBIII will prompt you through the following steps. (1) Program the country code into
the SKIMs memory. (2) Program the vehicles VIN into the SKIMs memory. (3) Transfer the
vehicles Secret Key data from the PCM.
10. Once secured access mode is active, the SKIM will remain in that mode for 60 seconds.
11. Using the DRBIII, program all customer keys into the SKIMs memory. This requires that
the SKIM be in secured access mode, using the 4 digit code.
12. Note: If the PCM is replaced, the VIN and the unique Secret Key data must be transfered
from the SKIM to the PCM. This procedure requires the SKIM to be placed in secured access
mode using the 4-digit code.
13. Note: If 3 attempts are made to enter secured access mode using an incorrect PIN, secured
access mode will be locked out for 1 hour which causes the DRBIII to display BUS +\SIGNALS OPEN. To exit this mode, turn ignition to the RUN position for 1 hour.
14. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
15. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes
from ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the
system that was malfunctioning.
Are any DTCs present or is the original complaint still present?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
558
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and
connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary.
2. Inspect the engine oil for contamination. If it is contaminated, change the oil and filter.
3. Perform the steps 4 through 6 if the PCM has been replaced. Then proceed with the
verification. If the PCM has not been replaced skip those steps and continue verification.
4. If PCM has been changed and correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed a DTC
will be set in ABS and Air Bag modules. In addition, if vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key
Immobilizer Module (SKIM), Secret Key data must be updated to enable start.
5. For ABS and Air Bag systems: Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM. Erase codes in ABS
and Air Bag modules.
6. For SKIM theft alarm: Connect DRBIIIt to data link conn. Go to Theft Alarm, SKIM, Misc.
and place SKIM in secured access mode, by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle.
Select Update the Secret Key data. Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM
7. Attempt to start the engine.
8. If the engine is unable to start, look for any Technical Service Bulletins that may relate to
this condition. Return to Symptom List if necessary.
9. If the engine starts and stays running, the repair is now complete.
All
ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2
APPLICABILITY
1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and
connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary.
2. If this verification procedure is being performed after a non-DTC test, perform steps 3 and
4.
3. Check to see if the initial symptom still exists. If there are no trouble codes and the symptom
no longer exists, the repair was successful and testing is now complete.
4. If the initial or another symptom exists, the repair is not complete. Check all pertinent
Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List if necessary.
5. For previously read DTCs that have not been dealt with, return to the Symptom List and
follow the diagnostic path for that DTC; otherwise, continue.
6. If the Engine Control Module (ECM) (diesel only) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM) has
not been changed, perform steps 7 and 8, otherwise, continue with step 9.
7. With the DRB, erase all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), then disconnect the DRB.
8. Turn the ignition off for at least 10 seconds.
9. Ensure no DTCs remain by performing steps 10 through 13.
10. Road test the vehicle. For some of the road test, go at least 64 km/h (40 MPH). If this test
is for an A/C Relay Control Circuit, drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes with the A/C on.
11. At some point, stop the vehicle and turn the engine off for at least 10 seconds, then restart
the engine and continue.
12. Upon completion of the road test, turn the engine off and check for DTCs with the DRB.
13. If the repaired DTC has reset, the repair is not complete. Check for any pertinent Technical
Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List. If there are no DTCs, the repair was
successful and is now complete.
Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
559
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
SKIS VERIFICATION
APPLICABILITY
1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors.

2. Obtain the vehicles unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to its original
SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicles invoice or Chryslers Customer Center
(1-800-992-1997).
3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect
PINs are entered, the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour.
4. To exit Lock Out mode, the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1
hour. Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary.
5. With the DRBIIIt, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then, select the desired
procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed.
6. If the SKIM has been replaced, ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the customer, perform a module scan to be
sure that all DTCs are erased. Erase any DTCs that are found.
8. With the DRBIIIt, erase all DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at
least 90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM DTCs.
Are there any SKIM DTCs?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM
APPLICABILITY
1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors.

2. If any Memory/Heated Seat, or Drivers Door Module Trouble Codes are present, erase at this
time.
3. If the Memory Seat Module was replaced, use the DRB IIIt and Reset Guard Bands.
4. With the Memory Switch on the Drivers Door, program the Drivers Seat #1 Button to a
desired position and Driver #2 Button to a different position.
5. Remove the Ignition Key and close all Doors to allow the Body Control Module to time out
(30 seconds).
6. Verify that both Memory positions can be recalled from the RKE transmitter and the
Memory Switch on the Drivers Door.
7. Turn the ignition on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL
modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that
was malfunctioning.
Are any DTCs present or is the original complaint still present?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
560
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A
APPLICABILITY
1. Ensure all doors, hood, liftgate and liftgate flip-up are closed.
2. Open the drivers door.
3. Remove the ignition key (but keep in hand).
4. Lower the driver door window and lock the doors with RKE transmitter.
5. Close the drivers door.
6. Observe the VTSS indicator.
7. The VTSS indicator will flash rapidly for approximately 15 seconds and then begin to flash
slowly. The VTSS indicator not performing as described, indicates a system fault. Refer to
symptom list for problems related to THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM.
8. Perform a system test on the VTSS by duplicating the original complaint.
9. Disarm the system and with the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
10. If the original complaint is corrected and there are no DTCs the repair is complete.
All
561
NOTES
562
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.0
8.1
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
AIRBAG SYSTEM
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.2
AUDIO SYSTEM
563
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.2
AUDIO SYSTEM (Continued)
8.3
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC)
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3.1
AZC MODULE
8.3.2
HVAC UNIT
564
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.3.3
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3.4
8.4
DRBIIIT SCREEN, AZC MODULE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER SIGNAL
CHIME SYSTEM
565
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.4
CHIME SYSTEM (Continued)
8.5
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC)
8.6
BODY CONTROL MODULE & JUNCTION BLOCK
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
566
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
8.8
POWER DOOR LOCKS
8.8.1
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
FRONT DOOR
567
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.8 POWER DOOR LOCKS (Continued)
8.8.2 REAR DOOR
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.8.3
LIFTGATE
568
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.9
SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS - TYPICAL
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.10
VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) & SKIS
569
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.11
WIPER SYSTEM
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
570
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
571
NOTES
572
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - YELLOW 23 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z2 18BK/OR
GROUND
R45 18DG/LB
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 2
R43 18BK/LB
R42 18BK/YL
PASSENGER AIRBAG LINE 1
R44 18DG/YL
10
11
12
13
14
F14 18LG/YL
15
F23 18DB/YL
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)

FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
16
17
18
19
20
21
D25 18YL/VT/OR
PCI BUS
22
23
CAV
CIRCUIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY

FUNCTION
G39 20DB/OR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
C8 20DG/RD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
ANTENNA MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
X64 18BK/WT
573
FUNCTION
ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER
-
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ASH RECEIVER LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 20BK
GROUND
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR - BLACK 7 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G5 20BK/LG
Z1 20BK
GROUND
L1 20BK/VT
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
P112 20BK/WT
AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR (+)
P114 20BK/YL
AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR (-)
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LIGHT SENSOR/VTSS LED - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L109 20WT
ULTRALIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
L110 20BK/YL
ULTRALIGHT SENSOR RETURN
G89 20BK/OR
VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C1 (AZC) - BLACK 16 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
C102 20TN/BK
FUNCTION
MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
C32 20GY/DB
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
C100 20YL/DB
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B)
C15 20BK/WT
FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
Z1 20BK
GROUND
C35 20DG/YL
MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
10
C33 20DB/RD
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
11
12
13
14
C15 20BK/WT
15
16
574
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C2 (AZC) - BLACK 12 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C94 20WT/DG
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
C95 20WT/BK
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
C96 20WT/DB
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
C56 20RD/LG
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
D25 20YL/VT/DG
PCI BUS
C103 20DG
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL
10
11
F22 20WT/PK
12
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
BLOWER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C1 12RD
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
C7 12BK
BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER (AZC) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 12BK
GROUND
C56 20BR/LG
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
C1 12RD
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
575
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE - C1 GRAY 26 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
G52 20YL
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
E19 20RD
PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL

-
G70 20BR/TN (BUILT-UPEXPORT LHD RHD)
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
G26 20LB
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
G76 18TN/YL
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
10
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
11
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUNCTION
12
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
13
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
14
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
15
D25 20YL/VT/WT
PCI BUS
16
L80 20WT/DG
HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN
17
D19 20VT/OR
BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE
18
19
20
G69 20BK/OR
21
L7 18BK/YL
PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
22
V14 22RD/VT
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
23
M20 20BR/OR
COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED
24
M2 20YL
COURTESY LAMP DRIVER
25
Z1 20BK
GROUND
26
CAV
CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 - WHITE 22 WAY
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
C103 20DG
V10 20BR
FUNCTION
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL
WASHER PUMP SWITCH SENSE
L40 22BR
HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE
V11 20BK/TN
WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE
P134 20LG/WT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX
P133 20LG/RD
DRIVER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
C8 20DG/RD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
10
L109 20WT
ULTRALIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
11
V52 22DG/RD
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX
12
C15 20BK/WT
13
14
15
L27 22WT/TN
FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE
16
17
G18 20PK/BK
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
18
P132 20OR/BK
SEAT HEATER SWITCH SENSOR GROUND
19
X10 20RD/BK
RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
20
G39 20DB/OR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
21
L110 20BK/YL
ULTRALIGHT SENSOR RETURN
22
V59 22DB/YL
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH RETURN
576
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C202 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE)
CAV
CIRCUIT
C32 20VT/OR
C100 20LB/DG
C33 20PK/DG
C95 20VT/WT
C94 20DB/RD
C96 20DB/WT
C102 20YL
C35 20TN/BK
C56 20BR/LG
10
11
12
C202 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)

CAV
CIRCUIT
C100 20YL/DB (RHD)
C32 20GY/DB (LHD)
C100 20YL/DB (LHD)
C32 20GY/DB (RHD)
C96 20WT/DB (RHD)
C33 20DB/RD (LHD)
C94 20WT/DG (RHD)
C95 20WT/BK (LHD)
C95 20WT/BK (RHD)
C94 20WT/DG (LHD)
C33 20DB/RD (RHD)
C96 20WT/DB (LHD)
C35 20DG/YL (RHD)
C102 20TN/BK (LHD)
C35 20DG/YL (LHD)
C102 20TN/BK (RHD)
C56 20RD/LG
10
11
12
C202 (MTC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE)

CAV
CIRCUIT
C67 20DB/RD
WT/YL
577
10
C6 14LB
11
Z2 20VT/WT
12
F22 20PK/DG
13
C7 12BK/TN
14
C1 12RD
15
C4 16TN
16
C5 16LG
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C202 (MTC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV
CIRCUIT
C67 20RD/LB
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
10
C6 14LB
11
Z2 20BK/OR
12
F22 20WT/PK
13
C7 12BK/TN
14
C1 12DG
15
C4 16TN
16
C5 16LG
C203 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE)

CAV
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
Z1 12BK
C1 12DG
C203 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)

CAV
CIRCUIT
Z1 12BK
C1 12RD
CARGO LAMP - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK
FUSED B(+)
G73 20LG/OR
LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE
M2 20YL/DG
578
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CLOCKSPRING-C1 - BLACK 6 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
X4 20GY/OR
HORN RELAY CONTROL
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
X10 20RD/BK
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
CLOCKSPRING-C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
R45 18DG/LB
R43 18BK/LB
CLOCKSPRING-C3 - GRAY 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
X4 20GY/OR (RHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
X4 22GY/OR (LHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
X10 20RD/BK
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
COMPACT DISC CHANGER (PREMIUM RADIO) - BLACK 8 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X40 20WT/RD
C235 30WT/LB
SHIELD
D25 20YL/VT
PCI BUS
X112 20RD
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
X41 20WT/DG
AUDIO OUT LEFT
Z4 20WT/BK
GROUND
Z17 20BK
GROUND
X160 20YL
B(+)
579
AUDIO OUT RIGHT
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE - BLACK 25 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
B9 18RD
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
B8 18RD/DB
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12VOLT SUPPLY
G7 18WT/OR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
F20 18DB/PK
B4 18LG
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
B3 18LG/DB
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12VOLT SUPPLY

-
Z3 12BK/OR
GROUND
A20 12RD/DB
FUSED B(+)
10
D25 18YL/VT
PCI BUS
11
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUNCTION
12
Z1 18BK
GROUND
13
B43 18PK/OR
G SWITCH TEST SIGNAL
14
B41 18YL/PK
G SWITCH NO. 1 SENSE
15
16
17
B42 18TN/WT
G SWITCH NO. 2 SENSE
18
L50 18WT/TN
PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
19
B7 18WT
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
20
B6 18WT/DB
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12VOLT SUPPLY
21
G9 18GY/BK
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
22
B1 18YL/DB
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12VOLT SUPPLY
23
B2 18YL
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
24
Z3 12BK/OR
GROUND
25
A10 12RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR - LT. GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G18 20PK/BK
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
580
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
D25 20YL/VT
FUNCTION
PCI BUS
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
Z21 20BK/LG
GROUND
D32 20LG/DG
SCI RECEIVE
D21 20PK
SCI TRANSMIT
D19 20VT/OR
10
11
12
13
14
D20 20LG
15
16
BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE
SCI RECEIVE
-
F33 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
DIAGNOSTIC JUNCTION PORT - WHITE 10 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
D25 20YL/VT/BR
PCI BUS (PCM TCM PDM CD SKIM)
D25 20YL/VT/GY
PCI BUS (DDM ABS MEM EVIC)
D25 20YL/VT/DG (AZC)
PCI BUS (AZC)
D25 18YL/VT/DB
PCI BUS (RADIO)
D25 18YL/VT/OR
PCI BUS (ACM)
D25 20YL/VT/RD
PCI BUS (MIC)
D25 20YL/VT/WT
PCI BUS (BCM)
D25 20YL/VT
PCI BUS (DLC)
10
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
BK
BK
581
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C95 20VT/WT
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
C33 20PK/DG
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
G73 20LG/OR
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G75 18TN/RD
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 18BK
GROUND
P34 18PK/BK
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P35 18OR/BK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F21 12TN/LB
FUSED B(+)
Q23 16RD/WT
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
Q13 16DB
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
Z1 12BK
GROUND
P35 18OR/BK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER
P34 18PK/BK
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
D30 20VT/YL (JAPAN)
DIAGNOSTIC OUT
D25 20YL/VT
PCI BUS
10
G73 20LG/OR
DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE
11
G75 18TN/RD
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
12
E21 20OR/RD
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION
13
Q11 16LB
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
14
15
Q21 16WT
582
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P95 20OR
MIRROR HORIZONTAL DRIVER
C118 20BK/WT
MIRROR HEATER GROUND
P64 20VT
MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
P69 20GY
MIRROR SENSOR GROUND
P65 20DG
MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
C117 20BK
MIRROR HEATER 12VOLT SUPPLY
P91 20WT
MIRROR COMMON DRIVER
P93 20RD
MIRROR VERTICAL DRIVER
M21 20PK/DG
10
P110 20YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT)
FOLDING MIRROR RETURN
11
P99 20DB (BUILT-UPEXPORT)
FOLDING MIRROR FEED
12
L121 20BK/RD
COURTESY LAMP GROUND
DRIVER DOOR MODULE C3 - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
BK
MEMORY SWITCH RETURN
BR
MEMORY SWITCH MUX
OR
MEMORY SET INDICATOR DRIVER
GY
SWITCH ILLUMINATION DRIVER
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
DRIVER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
M21 20PK/DG
L121 20BK/RD
DRIVER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q21 16WT
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
Q11 16LB
DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
583
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P88 16BK/BR
HEATED SEAT DRIVER
Z6 16BK/YL
GROUND
DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P131 16BK/OR
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER
P88 16BK/BR
HEATED SEAT DRIVER
P135 20LB/BK
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT
P29 20BR/WT
SEAT SENSOR 5V SUPPLY
DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - WHITE 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P133 20LG/RD
DRIVER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
F22 20WT/PK

-
Z1 20BK
GROUND
P132 20OR/BK
DRIVER LUMBAR MOTOR (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P105 16LG/DB
LUMBAR FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
P104 16YL/RD
LUMBAR REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
584
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER LUMBAR SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - WHITE 6 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
Z1 16BK
GROUND
P105 16LG/DB (RHD)
P104 16YL/RD (LHD)
LUMBAR REAR WARD SWITCH SENSE
P104 16YL/RD (RHD)
LUMBAR REAR WARD SWITCH SENSE
P105 16LG/DB (LHD)
Z1 16BK
GROUND
F35 16RD
FUSED B(+)
DRIVER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C117 20BK
P65 20DG
P69 20GY
P64 20VT
C118 20BK/WT
P95 20OR
P114 20YL/RD
AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR(-)
FOLDING MIRROR FEED
10
P112 20YL/WT
AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR(+)
11
P93 20RD
12
P91 20WT
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P119 16YL/RD (PREMIUM

II/III)
SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
P19 16YL/LG (EXCEPT

PREMIUM II/III)
DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
P121 16RD/GY (PREMIUM

II/III)
SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
P21 16RD/LG (EXCEPT

PREMIUM II/III)
DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - 3 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P28 20BR/RD
SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
P26 20BR
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL
P29 20BR/WT
585
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P17 16RD/YL (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
P117 16RD/BR (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
P15 16YL/LB (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
P115 16GY/G (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - BLACK 3 W

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P29 20BR/WT
P25 20VT/RD
SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
P28 20BR/RD
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P11 16YL/WT (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
P111 16YL/DB (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
P13 16RD/WT (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
P113 16RD/BK (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - 3 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P28 20BR/RD
P27 20LB/RD
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL
P29 20BR/WT
586
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P41 16GY/WT (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
P141 16GY/WT (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
P43 16GY/LB (EXCEPT PREMIUM

II/III)
DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
P143 16GY/LB (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - BLACK 3 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P29 20BR/WT
P47 20LB
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL
P28 20BR/RD
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - GREEN 10 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 16BK
GROUND
P43 16GY/LB (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
P17 16RD/YL (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
P17 20RD/YL (PREMIUM II/III)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
P41 16GY/WT (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I) DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
F35 16RD (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
FUSED B(+)
P9 20RD/LB (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
P15 16YL/LB (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
P15 20YL/LB (PREMIUM II/III)
DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
P19 16YL/LG (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
P21 20RD/LG (RHD PREMIUM II/III)
P19 20YL/LG (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE
P13 20RD/WT (RHD PREMIUM II/III)
DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
P11 20YL/WT (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
P11 16YL/WT (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
P13 20RD/WT (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE
P13 16RD/WT (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I) DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
P11 20YL/WT (RHD PREMIUM II/III)
10
P21 16RD/LG (MIDLINE/PREMIUM I)
10
P21 20RD/LG (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
10
P19 20YL/LG (RHD PREMIUM II/III)
587
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q124 16DG/WT
WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
Q114 16GY/WT
WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q14 16GY
Q114 16GY/WT
WINDOW DRIVER UP
E21 20OR/RD
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION
Q24 16DG
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
Q124 16DG/WT
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
Z1 16BK
GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
588
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE- C1 (DIESEL) - GRAY 52 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
Z12 14BK/TN
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
GROUND
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
C13 18DB/OR
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
K159 16GY
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
C90 18LG
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL
K29 18WT/PK
SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
10
C18 18DB
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
11
K440 18VT/WT
5V SUPPLY
12
K151 18WT/RD
LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH SENSE
13
K21 18BK/RD
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
14
15
16
17
18
G8 18LB/BK
FUEL MONITOR SIGNAL
19
20
L50 18WT/TN
PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
21
22
23
K255 18WT/DB
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
24
K167 18BR
SENSOR GROUND (ECM)
25
26
27
Z12 14BK/TN
GROUND
28
A142 14DG/OR
29
K35 18GY/YL
EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
30
31
32
K185 18OR/LB
GLOW PLUG LAMP CONTROL
33
K51 18DB/YL
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
34
G3 18BK/PK
CHECK ENGINE LAMP CONTROL
35
36
37
38
G55 18OR/BK
IMMOBILIZER SIGNAL
39
K70 18OR/WT
5V SUPPLY
40
K22 18OR/DB
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
41
42
K252 18LB/WT
GLOW PLUG RELAY NO. 2 CONTROL
43
K152 18WT
GLOW PLUG RELAY NO. 1 CONTROL
44
45
D21 18PK
SCI TRANSMIT
46
T41 18BR/YL
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE
47
F99 18OR
48
49
50
51
52
G7 18WT/OR
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
589
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - C2 (DIESEL) - GRAY 28 WAY
CAV
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
K156 18GY
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
54
K2 18TN/BK
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55
K68 18LG/YL
NEEDLE MOVEMENT SENSOR SIGNAL
56
K134 18LB/BK
REFERENCE COIL
57
K57 18LG/OR
CONTROL SLEEVE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
58
K135 18WT/BK
MEASURE COIL
59
K140 18TN/WT
FUEL QUANTITY ACTUATOR CONTROL
60
61
K121 18BK/VT
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND
62
K67 18BR/BK
NEEDLE MOVEMENT SENSOR GROUND
63
64
65
66
K140 18TN/WT
67
K24 18GY/BK
68
69
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
CIRCUIT
53
Z3 18BK/OR
GROUND
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
K153 18OR
78
FUEL SHUT DOWN SOLENOID CONTROL
79
K238 18VT
FUEL TIMING SOLENOID CONTROL
80
K140 18TN/WT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - ECM (DIESEL) - 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K2 18TN/BK
K121 18BK/VT
SENSOR GROUND
590
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - PCM (DIESEL) - 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K222 18TN/RD
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K2 18TN/BK
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K6 18VT/BK (GAS)
5V SUPPLY
K6 18VT/WT (DIESEL)
5V SUPPLY
G60 18GY/YL
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
FRONT WASHER PUMP - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
V10 20BR
WASHER PUMP MOTOR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
591
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
V6 16DB
V55 16TN/RD
FUNCTION
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
-
Z1 16BK
GROUND
V3 16BR/WT
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT
V4 16RD/YL
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT
FUEL PUMP MODULE (GAS) - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
1
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
A141 16DG/BK
FUNCTION
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
K226 20LB/YL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
5
6
Z1 16BK
GROUND
FUEL TANK MODULE (DIESEL) - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K226 18LB/YL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
CAV
CIRCUIT
GLOVE BOX LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

FUNCTION
F70 20PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
M20 20BR/OR
592
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
HOOD AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G70 20BR/TN
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCH C1 - WHITE 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
A41 12YL
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
A2 12PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
A22 12BK/OR
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
A1 12RD
FUSED B(+)
A31 12RD/BK
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
A21 12DB
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
IGNITION SWITCH C2 - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G26 20LB
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - WHITE 12 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
L61 20LG
L60 20TN
FUNCTION
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
G7 20WT/OR
G9 20GY/BK
RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
F33 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
G5 20DB/WT

-
Z1 20BK
GROUND
10
D25 20YL/VT/RD
PCI BUS
11
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
12
T107 20BK/RD
PART TIME 4 WHEEL DRIVER INDICATOR DRIVER
593
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
594
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CB NO.
AMPS
20A
20A
FUSED CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
V6 16DB
INTERNAL
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUSED B(+)
-
COMBINATION FLASHER
FUNCTION
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
INTERNAL
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
INTERNAL
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
L63 18DG/RD
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
L62 18BR/RD (LHD)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
L62 20BR/RD (RHD)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
INTERNAL
L305 20LB/WT (LHD)
LEFT TURN SWITCH SENSE
L305 18LB/WT (RHD)
L302 20LB/YL (LHD)
RIGHT TURN SWITCH SENSE
L302 18LB/YL (RHD)
INTERNAL
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
FOG LAMP RELAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
86
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
87
INTERNAL
87A
FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT

-
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
595
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (JB)
FUSE
NO.
AMPS
FUSED CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
10A
L33 18RD
FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
15A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
25A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
15A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
10A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
15A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
20A
INTERNAL
10
11
10A
12
10A
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUSED B(+)
-
C15 20BK/WT
F991 20OR/DB
13
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

-
14
10A
L43 18VT
FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
15
10A
L44 18VT/RD
FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
16
10A
L34 18RD/OR
FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
17
10A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
18
20A
L50 14WT/TN (LHD)
FUSED B(+)
18
20A
L50 16WT/TN (RHD)
FUSED B(+)
19
10A
F20 18DB/PK
20
10A
INTERNAL
21
10A
INTERNAL
22
10A
INTERNAL
23
15A
F32 20PK/DB
FUSED B(+)
24
15A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
25
20A
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
26
15A
F30 18RD
FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
27
15A
INTERNAL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
FUSED B(+)
28
10A
INTERNAL
29
10A
INTERNAL
30
15A
X12 16WT/RD (LHD)
30
15A
X12 18RD/WT (RHD)
31
10A
F45 20YL/RD
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
32
10A
F14 18LG/YL
33
10A
F23 18DB/YL
HIGH BEAM RELAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL
86
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
87
INTERNAL
HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
LOW BEAM RELAY

FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
86
INTERNAL
LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL
87
INTERNAL
87A
LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT

-
596
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LOW BEAM/DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP RELAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
GROUND
86
INTERNAL
RELAY CONTROL
87
INTERNAL
RELAY OUTPUT
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
PARK LAMP RELAY

FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
85
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
86
INTERNAL
PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
87
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
87A
INTERNAL
GROUND
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY (BUILT-UP-EXPORT)

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
86
INTERNAL
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
87
L95 18DG/YL
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT

FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
86
INTERNAL
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
87
INTERNAL
87A
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT

-
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
85
INTERNAL
FUSED B(+)
86
INTERNAL
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY CONTROL
87
Q30 16TN
87A
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

-
597
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
598
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L308
L26
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
Q29
L307
LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL
G5
X4
HORN RELAY CONTROL

-
G80
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE
L11
10
L91
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
11
C80
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
12
Z2
GROUND
13
L96 (BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
14
L7
15
Z1
GROUND
16
M2
17
18
19
M20
20
V55
21
G78
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
22
G10
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE
23
G77
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
24
G73
25
V23
26
M1
FUSED B(+)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
599
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C1 - BLACK 52 WAY
CAV
1
Q30 16TN
L63 18DG/RD
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT
L95 18DG/YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL

G73 20LG/OR
10
G77 20TN/OR
DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
11
L7 18BK/YL
12
13
14
15
F35 16RD (POWER SEAT)
FUSED B(+)
16
M2 18YL (RHD)
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
16
M2 20YL/DG (LHD)
17
18
19
G10 20LG/RD
20
21
22
23
24
G80 20VT/YL
25
G78 20TN/BK
26
M20 18YL/BK (RHD)
26
M20 20YL/BK (LHD)
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
L50 14WT/TN (LHD)
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
35
L50 16WT/TN (RHD)
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
36
37
38
39
40
41
F30 14RD/YL (LHD)
CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
41
F30 12RD (RHD)
CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
42
43
44
45
46
47
F70 18PK
48
G5 20DB/WT
FUSED B(+)
49
50
C15 12BK/WT
51
52
600
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (LHD) - BLACK 52 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X4 22GY/OR
HORN RELAY CONTROL
G7 20WT/OR
L39 20LB
4
5

-
L61 20TN/LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
V6 16DB

V6 16DB (GAS)
10
L62 18BR/RD
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
11
F991 20OR/DB (GAS)
12
L39 20LB
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
L7 20BK/YL
21
L7 20BK/YL
22
23
24
F37 16RD/LB (POWER

SEATS)
FUSED B(+)
25
F22 20WT/PK
26
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
27
F45 20YL/RD
28
V55 16TN/RD
29
30
31
A148 16VT (POWER

SEATS)
32
M1 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
33
V55 16TN/RD (GAS)
34
35
36
F21 12TN/BK
FUSED B(+)
FUSED B(+)
37
38
L34 18RD/OR
FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
39
L43 18VT
FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
40
41
42
F20 18DB/PK
43
F99 20OR
44
45

FUSED B(+)
-
F32 20PK/DB
FUSED B(+)
49
L44 18VT/RD
50
L33 18RD
52
F21 12TN/LB
48
51
46
47
FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT

FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
F60 14RD/WT (POWER

SEATS)
601
FUSED B(+)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (RHD) BLACK 52 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
X4 22GY/OR
HORN RELAY CONTROL
G7 20WT/OR (DIESEL)
G7 18WT/OR (GAS)
L39 20LB
4
5
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
L61 20TN/LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
V6 16DB

V6 16DB (GAS)
10
L62 20BR/RD
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
11
F991 20OR/DB (GAS)
12
L39 20LB
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
L7 20BK/YL
21
L7 18BK/YL

22
23
24
F37 16RD/LB
FUSED B(+)
25
F22 20WT/PK
26
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
27
F45 20YL/RD
28
V55 16TN/RD
29
30

-
31
A148 16VT
FUSED B(+)
32
M1 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
33
V55 16TN/RD (GAS)
34
35
36
F21 12TN/BK
FUSED B(+)
37
38
L34 18RD/OR
39
L43 18VT
40
41
42
F20 18DB/PK
43
F99 20OR
44
45

F21 12TN
46
47
FUSED B(+)
F32 20PK/DB
48
FUSED B(+)
49
L44 18VT/RD
50
L33 18RD

51
52
F60 14RD/WT
602
FUSED B(+)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C3 - BLACK 52 WAY
CAV
1
CIRCUIT
F22 20WT/PK
FUNCTION
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
L302 18LB/YL (RHD)
L302 20LB/YL (LHD)
L61 20LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
L91 20DB/PK
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE

-
L305 18LB/WT (RHD)
L305 20LB/WT (LHD)
10
L11 22PK/LG
11
F23 18DB/YL
12
F22 20WT/PK
13

-
14
A148 16VT
15
C15 20BK/WT
16
17
18
19
20
FUSED B(+)
G7 20WT/OR
21
22
23
24
A31 12RD/BK
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
25
F60 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
26
27
A41 12YL
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
28
F14 18LG/YL
29
A22 12BK/OR
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
30
31
Z1 20BK
GROUND
32
F33 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
33
X12 16WT/RD (LHD)
33
X12 18RD/WT (RHD)
34
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
35
M1 20PK (AZC)
FUSED B(+)
36
A21 12DB
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
37
38
F70 20PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
39
X4 20GY/OR (RHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
39
X4 22GY/OR (LHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
40
F30 18RD
FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
41
F33 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
42
43
V23 20BR/PK
44
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
45
X2 20BK/OR
GROUND
46
47
48
F70 20PK/BK
49
FUSED B(+)
50
G5 20DB/WT
51
G5 20DB/WT
52
F99 20OR
603
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C4 - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
A148 10PK/WT
FUSED B(+)
A148 10OR/WT
FUSED B(+)
JUNCTION BLOCK C5 - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
A145 10WT/RD
FUSED B(+)
A149 12RD/TN
FUSED B(+)
A147 10RD/GY
FUSED B(+)
LEFT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
M2 20YL
LEFT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
M20 20YL/BK
M2 20YL/DG
LEFT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L39 20LB
Z1 20BK
GROUND
604
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X85 18LB/BK (RHD)
LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-)
X85 18LG/DG (LHD)
X87 18LB/RD (RHD)
LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+)
X87 18LG/RD (LHD)
LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L7 20BK/PK
LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 20BK/PK
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L61 20TN/LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 20BK/PK
L61 20TN/LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
605
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L61 20TN/LG
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L33 18RD
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X81 18YL/BK (RHD)
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
X83 18YL/RD (LHD)
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
X83 18YL/RD (RHD)
X81 18YL/BK (LHD)
LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 20BK
GROUND
G78 20TN/BK
606
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L43 18VT
LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH - WHITE 11 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L27 22WT/TN
FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
L80 20WT/DG
HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN
L11 22PK/LG
L40 22BR
HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE
L302 18LB/YL (RHD)
L302 20LB/YL (LHD)
L305 18B/WT (RHD)
L305 20LB/WT (LHD)
L91 20DB/PK
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
10
E19 20RD
PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
11
G52 20YL
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
LEFT REAR DOOR POWER LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G77 18TN/YL
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 18BK
GROUND
P36 18PK/VT
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P35 18OR/VT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
X90 18WT/VT
X92 18TN/DG
607
FUNCTION
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+)
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-)
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L1 18VT/BK
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
L7 18BK/YL
L63 18DG/RD
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L50 18WT/TN
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X10 20RD/BK
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
LEFT VISOR/VANITY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK
FUSED B(+)
M20 20YL/BK
LICENSE LAMP NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 18BK/YL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
LICENSE LAMP NO. 2 - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 18BK/YL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
608
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 20BK
GROUND
G80 20VT/YL
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P101 18OR/PK
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP SWITCH OUTPUT
F70 18PK
FUSED B(+)
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RELEASE SOLENOID - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
P100 18OR/BR
LIFTGATE GLASS LIMIT SWITCH OUTPUT
LIFTGATE POWER LOCK MOTOR - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P35 18OR/VT
P36 18PK/VT
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P101 18OR/PK
LIFTGATE FLIP-UP SWITCH OUTPUT
P100 18OR/BR
LIFTGATE GLASS LIMIT SWITCH OUTPUT
609
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
DOOR LOCK DRIVER
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C1 (MTC) - WHITE 11 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C103 20DG
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
C67 20RD/LB
BLEND AIR DOOR POSITION CONTROL
C15 20BK/WT
C15 20BK/WT
F22 20WT/PK
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
C4 16TN
BLOWER MOTOR LOW DRIVER
C5 16LG
BLOWER MOTOR M1 DRIVER
10
C6 14LB
BLOWER MOTOR M2 DRIVER
11
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C2 (MTC) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 12BK
GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
C7 12BK/TN
BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CAV
MODE DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY

CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C102 20YL
MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
C35 20TN/BK
MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
OVERHEAD MAP/COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK
M20 20YL/BK
M2 20YL/DG
610
FUSED B(+)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER AIRBAG - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
R44 18DG/YL
R42 18BK/YL
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C96 20DB/WT
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
C94 20DB/RD
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G74 18TN/RD
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 18BK
GROUND
P36 18PK/VT
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P35 18OR/VT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F21 12TN/BK
FUSED B(+)
Q24 16DG
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
Q14 16GY
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
Z1 12BK
GROUND
P35 18OR/VT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER
6
7
P36 18PK/VT
8
9
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
D25 20YL/VT
PCI BUS
10
11
G74 18TN/RD
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
12
E20 20OR/DB
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION
13
Q12 16BR
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
14
15
Q22 16VT
611
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P95 20OR
C118 20BK/WT
MIRROR HEATED GROUND
P64 20VT
P69 20GY
P65 20DG
C117 20BK
MIRROR HEATER 12V SUPPLY
P91 20WT
P93 20RD
M21 20PK/DG
10
11
FOLDING MIRROR FEED
12
L121 20BK/RD
PASSENGER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
M21 20PK/DG
L121 20BK/RD
PASSENGER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q22 16VT
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
Q12 16BR
PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P88 16BK/BR
HEATED SEAT DRIVER
Z5 16BK/VT
GROUND
612
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P130 16DG/WT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER
P88 16BK/BR
HEATED SEAT DRIVER
P86 20DG/YL
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT
P29 20BR/WT
PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
P134 20LG/WT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
F22 20WT/PK

-
Z1 20BK
GROUND
P132 20OR/BK
PASSENGER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C117 20BK
P65 20DG
P69 2GY
P64 20VT
C118 20BK/WT
P95 20OR
FOLDING MIRROR FEED
10
11
P93 20RD
12
P91 20WT
PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q124 16DG/WT
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
Q114 16GY/WT
WINDOW DRIVER UP
613
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q14 16GY
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
Q114 16GY/WT
WINDOW DRIVER UP
E21 20OR/RD
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION
Q24 16DG
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
Q124 16DG/WT
WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
Z1 16BK
GROUND
POWER AMPLIFIER-C1 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 18 WAY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F60 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
Z1 16BK
GROUND
X58 18DB/OR
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
X57 18DG/WT
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
X56 18DB/PK
RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
X55 18BR/RD
LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
10
F60 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
11
Z1 16BK
GROUND
12
13
X64 18BR/WT
14
15
X52 18DB/WT
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
16
X51 18WT/DG
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
17
X54 18VT
RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
18
X53 18DG/OR
LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
POWER AMPLIFIER-C2 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 12 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X90 18WT/VT
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+)
X92 18TN/DG
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-)
X85 18LG/DG
X83 18YL/RD
X84 18OR/GY
RIGHT INSTRUMENTAL PANEL SPEAKER (-)
X93 18DG/WT
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+)
X91 18WT/DG
LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-)
X87 18LG/RD
X80 18LB/BK
RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-)
10
X82 18LB/RD
RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+)
11
X81 18YL/BK
12
X86 18OR/RD
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
614
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
615
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (GAS)
FUSE
NO.
AMPS
40A
C1 12DG
40A
A149 12RD/TN
FUSED B(+)
50A
A145 10WT/RD
FUSED B(+)
40A
A10 12RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
30A
A30 14RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
30A
A30 14RD/WT (4.7L)
FUSED B(+)
30A
A14 14RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
50A
A147 10RD/GY
FUSED B(+)
40A
A1 12RD
10
40A
12
FUSED B(+)
FUSED B(+)
-
A16 12GY (4.0L)
11
50A
FUSED B(+)
-
A146 10OR/WT
13
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUSED CIRCUIT
FUSED B(+)
-
14
40A
A2 12PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
15
50A
A148 10PK/WT
FUSED B(+)
16
15A
F142 18OR/DG
FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
16
15A
F142 18OR/DG
17

-
18
15A
F62 18RD
18
15A
F62 18RD
FUSED B(+)
19
10A
A7 14RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
20
21
15A
FUSED B(+)
A17 18RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
22
23
24
20A
A62 16VT/WT
FUSED B(+)
25
20A
A20 12RD/DB
FUSED B(+)
26
15A
F42 18DG/LG
26
15A
F42 18DG/LG (EXCEPT 4.7L HIGH OUTPUT)
27
28
15A
T60 18BR (4.0L)
FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS)

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
A62 16VT/WT
FUSED B(+)
85
F991 20OR/DB
85
F991 20OR/DB
86
K31 18BR
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
87
A141 16DG/BK
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT

-
HORN RELAY
FUNCTION
30
F62 18RD
FUSED B(+)
85
F62 18RD
FUSED B(+)
86
X4 20GY/OR
HORN RELAY CONTROL
87
X2 18DG/RD (GAS)
HORN RELAY OUTPUT
87
X2 18DG/RD
HORN RELAY OUTPUT
87A
616
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
V60 16YL/DG
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT
85
Z1 20BK
GROUND
86
V16 20VT
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
87
V4 16RD/YL
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT
87A
V3 16BR/WT
WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
V60 16YL/DG
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT
85
V14 20RD/VT
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
86
V6 16DB (DIESEL)
86
V6 16DB
87
V6 16DB
87
V6 16DB (DIESEL)
87A
V55 16TN/RD
87A
V55 16TN/RD (DIESEL)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
617
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
618
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (DIESEL)
FUSE
NO.
AMPS
FUSED CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
40A
C1 12DG
40A
A149 12RD/TN
FUSED B(+)
FUSED B(+)
50A
A145 10WT/RD
FUSED B(+)
40A
A10 12RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
50A
A105 10DB/RD
FUSED B(+)
50A
A147 10RD/GY
FUSED B(+)
40A
A1 12RD
FUSED B(+)
20A
A12 16TN/RD
FUSED B(+)
10
40A
A16 12GY
FUSED B(+)
11
50A
A110 10VT/RD
FUSED B(+)
12
50A
A146 10OR/WT
FUSED B(+)
13
30A
A14 14RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
14
40A
A2 12PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
15
50A
A148 10PK/WT
FUSED B(+)
16
10A
F15 18 DB/WT
17
18
15A
18
15A
F62 18RD
FUSED B(+)
F62 18RD
19
FUSED B(+)
20
21
15A
A17 18RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
22
23
24
15A
A14 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
24
15A
A14 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
25
20A
A20 12RD/DB
FUSED B(+)
26
15A
F42 18DG/LG
27
28
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUEL HEATER RELAY (DIESEL)

FUNCTION
30
A12 16TN/RD
FUSED B(+)
85
F99 20OR
85
F99 20OR
86
Z1 20BK
GROUND
87
A93 14RD/BK
87A
FUEL HEATER RELAY OUTPUT

-
619
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C1 (DIESEL) - BLACK 32 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
A142 14DG/OR
3
4
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
SENSOR GROUND
T41 18BR/YL
7
8
K4 18BK/LB
5
6
FUNCTION
K159 18GY
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
K222 18TN/RD
PCM ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
17
K7 18OR
5V SUPPLY
18
G8 18LB/BK
FUEL MONITOR SIGNAL
19
20
21
22
A14 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
23
K101 18WT
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
24
25
26
27
G123 18DG/WT
WATER IN FUEL SENSOR SIGNAL
28
29
30
31
Z12 14BK/TN
GROUND
32
Z12 14BK/TN
GROUND
620
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C1 (GAS) - BLACK 32 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K93 14TN/OR (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
K93 16TN/OR (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
F991 18OR/DB
K94 14TN/LG (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 4
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K96 14TN/LB (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 6
T41 18BR/YL
K91 16TN/RD (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
K91 14TN/RD (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
K24 18GY/BK
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
K98 14LB/RD (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 8
10
K60 18YL/BK
IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER
11
K40 18BR/WT
12
13
14
15
K21 18BK/RD
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16
K2 18TN/BK
17
K7 18OR
5V SUPPLY
18
K44 18TN/YL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
19
K39 18GY/RD (4.0L)
19
K39 18GY/BK (4.7L)
20
K59 18VT/BK
21
K95 14TN/DG (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 5
22
A7 14RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
23
K22 18OR/RD
24
K241 18LG/RD
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL
25
K41 18BK/DG
26
K141 18TN/WT
27
K1 18DG/RD
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL
28
29
K341 18PK/WT (EXCEPT

4.0L EXCEPT BUILT-UPEXPORT)
30
31
Z11 14BK/WT
GROUND
32
Z12 14BK/TN
GROUND
621
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C2 (DIESEL) - WHITE 32 WAY
CAV
1
CIRCUIT
T54 18VT
K88 18PK
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
10
K20 18DG
11
T22 18DG/LB
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL
12
13
14
15
16
17
C24 18DB/PK
18
19
20
21
T121 18BK/RD
22
23
G60 18GY/YL
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL

24
25
T14 18LG/WT
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
26
27
G7 18WT/OR
28
T13 18DB/BK
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
29
T25 18LG
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
30
K30 18PK/YL
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
31
K6 18VT/WT
32
5V SUPPLY
-
622
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C2 (GAS) - WHITE 32 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T54 18VT (4.0L)
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
K17 18DB/TN (4.7L)
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 7 DRIVER
K11 18WT/DB
K13 18YL/WT
K38 18GY
K97 14BR (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 7
K88 18PK (4.0L)
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
K92 16TN/PK (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 2

COIL DRIVER NO. 2
K92 14TN/PK (4.7L)
10
K20 18DG
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER
11
T22 18DG/LB (4.0L)
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL
12
K58 18BR/DB
13
K18 18DB/GY (4.7L)
14
15
K12 18TN
16
K14 18LB/BR
17
C240 18DB/RD (4.7L)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
17
C24 18DB/PK (4.0L)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
18
19
C18 18DB
20
21
T121 18BR/WT (4.0L)
22
23
G60 18GY/YL
24
25
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL

3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL
T13 18DB/BK (4.0L)
26
27
G7 18WT/OR
28
T14 18LG/WT (4.0L)
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
29
T25 18LG/RD (4.0L)
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
30
K30 18PK/YL (4.0L)
31
K6 18VT/BK
5V SUPPLY
32
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
623
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C3 (DIESEL) - GRAY 32 WAY
CAV
1
CIRCUIT
C90 18LG
V36 18TN/RD
SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
V35 18LG/RD
SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL
10
11
V32 18OR/DG
SPEED CONTROL SUPPLY
12
A142 14DG/OR
13
T9 18OR/BK
0VERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE
14
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
A/C SWITCH SIGNAL
-
15
K25 18VT/LG
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16
G55 18OR/LG
17
18
19
20
21
IMMOBILIZER SIGNAL
22
G3 18BK/PK
CHECK ENGINE LAMP CONTROL
23
K185 18OR/LB
GLOW PLUG LAMP CONTROL
24
K29 18WT/PK
SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
25
K125 18WT/DB
GENERATOR SOURCE
26
K226 18LB/YL
27
D21 18PK
SCI TRANSMIT
28
29
D32 18LG/DG
SCI RECEIVE
30
D25 18YL/VT
PCI BUS
31
32
V37 18RD/LG
624
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE-C3 (GAS) - GRAY 32 WAY
CAV
1
CIRCUIT
C13 18DB/OR
FUNCTION
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
K51 18DB/YL
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
V36 18TN/RD
SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
V35 18LG/RD
SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL
K42 18DB/LG (4.7L HIGH

OUTPUT)
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL
K99 18GY/WT
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
K251 18LB (LHD)
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY CONTROL
10
K106 18WT/DG (LHD)
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
11
V32 18OR/DG
SPEED CONTROL SUPPLY
12
F42 18DG/LG
13
T99 18OR/YL
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
14
K107 18OR/PK (LHD)
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
15
K25 18VT/LG
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16
K199 18DB/WT
OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CONTROL
17
18
K142 18GY/BK (4.7L HIGH

OUTPUT)
KNOCK SENSOR NO. 2 SIGNAL
19
K31 18BR
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
20
K52 18PK/BK
DUTY CYCLE EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL
21
22
C21 18DB/YL (4.7L)
A/C SWITCH SENSE
22
C18 18DB (4.0L)
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
23
24
K29 18WT/PK
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
25
K21 18LB/RD
GENERATOR SOURCE
26
K226 18LB/YL
27
D21 18PK
SCI TRANSMIT
28
29
D32 18LG/DG
SCI RECEIVE
30
D25 18YL/VT
PCI BUS
31
32
V37 18RD/LG
RADIO-C1 - GRAY 7 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
X55 18BR/RD
LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
X56 18DB/RD (RHD)
X56 18DB/PK (LHD)
L7 18BK/YL
E2 20OR
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
X12 16RD/WT (RHD)
X12 16WT/RD (LHD)
F60 16RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
625
FUNCTION
-
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RADIO-C2 - BLACK 7 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X64 18BR/WT
X51 18BR/YL (RHD)
X51 18WT/DG (LHD)
X52 18DB/WT
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
X53 18DG/OR
LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
X54 18VT
RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
X57 18BR/LB (RHD)
X57 18DG/WT (LHD)
X58 18DB/OR
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
RADIO-C3 - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
D25 18YL/VT/DB
CAV
CIRCUIT
X40 22WT/RD
FUNCTION
PCI BUS
-
RADIO-C4 (PREMIUM) - BLACK 8 WAY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
AUDIO OUT RIGHT
Z4 22WT/BK
GROUND
X41 22WT/DG
AUDIO OUT LEFT
X160 22YL
B(+)
X112 22RD
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
Z17 22BK
GROUND
REAR WASHER PUMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
V20 18BK/WT
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
REAR WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
V13 18BR/LG
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL
G80 20VT/YL
V22 18BR/YL
REAR WIPER MOTOR DELAY CONTROL
F70 18BK
FUSED B(+)
-
626
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C32 20VT/OR
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
C100 20LB/DG
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B)
RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
G9 18GY/BK
RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
REMOTE KEYLESS MODULE (JAPAN) - BLUE 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K25 20RD/GY
ANTENNA SIGNAL
K25 20RD/GY
ANTENNA SIGNAL
M1 18PK
FUSED B(+)
Z1 18BK
GROUND
D30 20VT/YL
DIAGNOSTIC OUT
D30 20VT/YL
DIAGNOSTIC OUT
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
RIGHT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
M2 20YL
627
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP - 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK
FUSED B(+)
M20 20YL/BK
M2 20YL/DG
RIGHT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L39 20LB
Z1 20BK
GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X80 18LG/DG (RHD)
X80 18LB/BK (LHD)
X82 18LG/RD (RHD)
X82 18LB/RD (LHD)
RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L7 20BK/PK
628
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 20BK/PK
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L7 20BK/PK
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L60 20TN
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
629
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L34 18RD/OR
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X84 18OR/GY (RHD)
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
X86 18OR/RD (LHD)
X86 18OR/RD (RHD)
X84 18OR/GY (LHD)
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 20BK
GROUND
G78 20TN/BK
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP - GRAY 2 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L44 18VT/RD
630
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH - WHITE 10 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
V23 20BR/PK
V20 18BK/WT
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
V10 20BR
WASHER PUMP MOTOR SWITCH OUTPUT
V13 18BR/LG
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL
V22 18BR/YL
REAR WIPER MOTOR DELAY CONTROL
V59 22DB/YL
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH RETURN
V52 22DG/RD
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX
V16 22YL (RHD)
V16 22VT (LHD)
10
RIGHT REAR DOOR POWER LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G76 18TN/YL
DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
Z1 18BK
GROUND
P36 18PK/VT
DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P35 18OR/VT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
X90 18WT/VT
X92 18TN/DG
FUNCTION
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+)
RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-)
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L1 18VT/BK
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
L7 18BK/YL
L62 18BR/RD
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
Z1 18BK
GROUND
L50 18WT/TN
631
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
X10 20RD/BK
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
RIGHT VISOR/VANITY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 20PK
FUSED B(+)
M20 20YL/BK
SEAT BELT SWITCH - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G10 20LG/RD
Z1 20BK
GROUND
SEAT MODULE-C1 (PREMIUM) - BLACK 20 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
P15 20YL/LB (PREMIUM II/III)
FUNCTION
SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
P11 20YL/WT(PREMIUM II/III)
RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
P19 20YL/LG (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE
P86 20DG/YL (PREMIUM I/III)
PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT
P27 20LB/RD (PREMIUM II/III)
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL
P25 20VT/RD (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
P135 20LB/BK (PREMIUM I/III)
DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT
10
P28 20BR/RD (PREMIUM II/III)
11
RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
12
P17 20RD/YL (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
13
SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
14
P21 20RD/LG (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
15
P13 20RD/WT (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE
16
P47 20LB (PREMIUM II/III)
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL
17
P26 20BR (PREMIUM II/III)
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL
18
P29 20BR/WT
19
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
20
D25 20YL/VT
PCI BUS
632
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
SEAT MODULE-C2 (PREMIUM) - ORANGE 20 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F35 16RD
FUSED B(+)
P131 16BK/OR (PREMIUM I/III)
DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER
Z1 16BK
GROUND
P119 16YL/RD (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
P121 16RD/GY (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
P111 16YL/DB (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
P113 16RD/BK (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
P115 16GY/LG (PREMIUM II/III)
10
F35 16RD
FUSED B(+)
11
P130 16DG/WT (PREMIUM I/III)
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER
12
Z1 16BK
GROUND
13
SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
14
P9 20RD/LB (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
15
Z6 16BK/YL (PREMIUM I/III)
GROUND
16
Z5 16BK/VT (PREMIUM I/III)
GROUND
17
18
SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
19
SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
20
P117 16RD/BR (PREMIUM II/III)
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
G5 20DB/WT
4
5
D25 20YL/VT/BK
PCI BUS
CAV
CIRCUIT
SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE - 8 WAY

FUNCTION
Q46 20OR/WT
SUNROOF MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
Q41 20WT
SUNROOF OPEN
Q43 20VT
SUNROOF VENT
Z1 16BK
GROUND
Q30 16DB
SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT
Q5 16RD
SUNROOF MOTOR B(+)
Q6 16OR
SUNROOF MOTOR B(-)
SUNROOF MOTOR-C1 - WHITE 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Q5 16RD
SUNROOF MOTOR B(+)
Q6 16OR
SUNROOF MOTOR B(-)
633
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
SUNROOF MOTOR-C2 - BLACK 3 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
Z1 20BK
Q46 20OR/WT
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
GROUND
SUNROOF MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
-
SUNROOF SWITCH - 5 WAY

1
Q43 20VT
2
3
Z1 20BK
GROUND
4
5
FUNCTION
SUNROOF VENT
Q41 20WT
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
634
SUNROOF OPEN
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4.7L) - BLACK 60
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T1 18LG/BK
TRS T1 SENSE
T2 18TN/BK
TRS T2 SENSE
T3 18VT
TRS T3 SENSE
K24 18GY/BK
D21 20PK
SCI TRANSMIT
F45 18YL/RD
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
T9 18OR/BK
OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10
T10 18YL/DG
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11
F991 18OR/BK
12
K22 18OR/RD
13
T13 18DB/BK
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
14
T14 18LG/WT
15
K30 18PK/YL
16
T16 14RD
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
17
T16 14RD
18
T118 18YL/DB
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL
19
T119 18WT/DB
2C SOLENOID CONTROL
20
T120 18LG
LR SOLENOID CONTROL
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
G7 18WT/OR
29
T29 18GY
UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
30
T130 14VT/TN
LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
31
32
33
34
35
36
T16 14RD
37
Z14 14BK/YL
GROUND
38
T138 14GY/LB
5V SUPPLY
39
Z14 14BK/YL
GROUND
40
T140 18VT/LG
MS SOLENOID CONTROL
41
T41 18WT
TRS T41 SENSE
42
T42 18VT/WT
TRS T41 SENSE
43
D25 18YL/VT
PCI BUS
44
45
46
D20 20LG
SCI RECEIVE
47
T147 18LB
2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48
T48 18DB
4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
49
T6 18VT/WT
OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE
50
T150 18BR/LB
LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
51
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
52
T52 18RD/BK
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
53
Z13 14BK/RD
GROUND
54
T54 18VT
TRANMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55
T59 18PK
UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
56
A30 14RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
57
Z14 14BK/YL
GROUND
58
59
T159 18DG/WT
4C SOLENOID CONTROL
60
T60 18BR
OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
635
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
UNITED KINGDOM SECURITY MODULE (RHD) - BLACK 12 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F70 18PK/BK
L91 20DB/PK
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
G5 20DB/WT
G69 20BK/OR
Y10 20VT/WT
Y11 20VT/OR
Y12 20VT/TN
Y13 20VT/PK
9
10
Z1 18BK
GROUND
11
12
FUSED B(+)
D25 20YL/VT/TN
PCI BUS
VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER - BLACK 6 WAY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
D25 20VT/YL
PCI BUS
F70 20PK
FUSED B(+)
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
G5 20DB/WT
CAV
CIRCUIT
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY

FUNCTION
V11 20BK/TN
WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
636
SCHEMATICS
10.0
10.1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
AIRBAG SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
637
SCHEMATICS
10.2
AUDIO SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
638
SCHEMATICS
10.2.1
REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
639
SCHEMATICS
10.3
AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
640
SCHEMATICS
10.4
BODY CONTROL MODULE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
641
SCHEMATICS
10.5
CHIME
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
642
SCHEMATICS
10.6
DOOR AJAR SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
643
SCHEMATICS
10.7
EVIC
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
644
SCHEMATICS
10.8
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
645
SCHEMATICS
10.9
INTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
646
SCHEMATICS
10.9
INTERIOR LIGHTING (Continued)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
647
SCHEMATICS
10.10
MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
648
SCHEMATICS
10.11
MEMORY HEATED SEATS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
649
SCHEMATICS
10.12
POWER DOOR LOCKS
10.13
POWER MIRROR SYSTEM
10.13.1
DRIVER MIRROR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
650
SCHEMATICS
10.13.2
10.14
PASSENGER MIRROR
POWER SUNROOF
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
651
SCHEMATICS
10.15
POWER WINDOWS
10.15.1
DRIVER SIDE
10.15.2
PASSENGER SIDE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
652
SCHEMATICS
10.16
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (SKIS)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
653
SCHEMATICS
10.17
VEHICLE COMMUNICATION
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
654
SCHEMATICS
10.18
VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
655
SCHEMATICS
10.19
10.19.1
WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM

FRONT WIPER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
656
SCHEMATICS
10.19.2
REAR WIPER SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
657
NOTES
658

01 Wjeb

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Wjeb

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Wjeb

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

The procedures contained in this manual include

Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic

verification of any related symptoms

repair of isolated problem

The vehicle systems that are part of the body

3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer

Heating and A/C

Power Door Lock/RKE

Windshield Wiper and Washer

This diagnostic procedures manual covers all

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND

The body system on the 2001 WG consists of a

The Airbag Control Module (ACM) is bolted to a

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE (DAB)

the steering wheel. Upon airbag deployment, this

PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE (PAB)

AIRBAG DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE

Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active

Active diagnostic trouble codes for the airbag

There are 6 radio systems available in the 2001

Airbag codes are automatically stored in the

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS FOR

When troubleshooting output shorts or output

plexed signal to the BCM. The remote radio control

The CD changer has diagnostic trouble codes

NOTE: THE INFRARED SENSOR WINDOW

AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC)

The AZC system communicates over the PCI bus

The AZC (Automatic Zone Control) system will be

The figure in the VF display on the control head

BODY CONTROL MODULE

The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle

A stored code indicates that there was an active

> Theater-style interior lighting dims gradually